WO2022183623A1 - Mini washing machine - Google Patents

Mini washing machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022183623A1
WO2022183623A1 PCT/CN2021/100953 CN2021100953W WO2022183623A1 WO 2022183623 A1 WO2022183623 A1 WO 2022183623A1 CN 2021100953 W CN2021100953 W CN 2021100953W WO 2022183623 A1 WO2022183623 A1 WO 2022183623A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
washing machine
door
assembly
door body
water tank
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/100953
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘吴旭
Original Assignee
广州奕至家居科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110230349.4A external-priority patent/CN114855408A/en
Application filed by 广州奕至家居科技有限公司 filed Critical 广州奕至家居科技有限公司
Priority to KR1020217030457A priority Critical patent/KR102569161B1/en
Publication of WO2022183623A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022183623A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F37/00Details specific to washing machines covered by groups D06F21/00 - D06F25/00
    • D06F37/02Rotary receptacles, e.g. drums
    • D06F37/04Rotary receptacles, e.g. drums adapted for rotation or oscillation about a horizontal or inclined axis
    • D06F37/10Doors; Securing means therefor
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F17/00Washing machines having receptacles, stationary for washing purposes, wherein the washing action is effected solely by circulation or agitation of the washing liquid
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F25/00Washing machines with receptacles, e.g. perforated, having a rotary movement, e.g. oscillatory movement, the receptacle serving both for washing and for centrifugally separating water from the laundry and having further drying means, e.g. using hot air 
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F37/00Details specific to washing machines covered by groups D06F21/00 - D06F25/00
    • D06F37/26Casings; Tubs
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F37/00Details specific to washing machines covered by groups D06F21/00 - D06F25/00
    • D06F37/26Casings; Tubs
    • D06F37/28Doors; Security means therefor
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F37/00Details specific to washing machines covered by groups D06F21/00 - D06F25/00
    • D06F37/42Safety arrangements, e.g. for stopping rotation of the receptacle upon opening of the casing door
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F39/00Details of washing machines not specific to a single type of machines covered by groups D06F9/00 - D06F27/00 
    • D06F39/08Liquid supply or discharge arrangements
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F39/00Details of washing machines not specific to a single type of machines covered by groups D06F9/00 - D06F27/00 
    • D06F39/08Liquid supply or discharge arrangements
    • D06F39/088Liquid supply arrangements
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F39/00Details of washing machines not specific to a single type of machines covered by groups D06F9/00 - D06F27/00 
    • D06F39/12Casings; Tubs
    • D06F39/14Doors or covers; Securing means therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the technical field of home appliances, in particular to a mini washing machine.
  • washing machines are indispensable in people's daily life, and the functions of washing machines are becoming more and more abundant, including drying functions.
  • inner clothing it is usually washed separately. If a conventional washing machine is used, it will cost water, and the clothing needs to reach a minimum weight to be dehydrated and clean; if it is hand-washed, it will be time-consuming and laborious.
  • mini washing machines have also appeared on the market. How to ensure the miniaturization of the overall size of the washing machine while enriching the functions of the washing machine is one of the technical problems to be solved in this field.
  • the present invention provides a mini washing machine, which has a dehydration function, can be placed at any position according to the user's usage habits, has wide application scenarios and is highly safe to use.
  • the present invention provides a mini washing machine, including a washing machine body, and the washing machine body includes a washing component and a water tank; wherein,
  • the laundry assembly includes a door body and an outer casing; the door body and the outer casing together form a sealed space for accommodating the inner cylinder and the outer cylinder;
  • the opening of the inner cylinder is inclined upward to accommodate the clothes to be washed; the outer cylinder and the outer wall of the inner cylinder together form a water flow channel through which the water supply passes;
  • the water tank is used for storing and supplying water to the laundry assembly
  • the door body is slidably or rotatably connected to the housing through a door opening structure.
  • a door assembly is also included to open or close the door of the washing machine body; wherein, the door assembly includes:
  • the connecting piece in the form of a shell structure, is arranged on the laundry component of the washing machine body;
  • At least two connecting rods are rotatably connected to one side of the connecting piece for opening the door body;
  • the connecting piece is provided with an elastic piece, which is used to be stretched to generate a resilient force when the door body is closed; the resilient piece is connected to at least one of the connecting rods; when the door body is unlocked, the resilient force drives the The connecting rod rotates to drive the door body to open and close.
  • the elastic member includes a torsion spring sleeved on at least one of the connecting rods.
  • the door opening assembly further includes a damping member to relieve the resilience of the elastic member.
  • the frame body for supporting the internal parts of the washing machine body, the frame body includes a frame body and a door frame fixed on the front of the frame body; wherein,
  • the frame supports the cylinder assembly of the washing machine body
  • the door frame is provided with an opening, which is used to form an opening for the storage of the barrel assembly of the washing machine body; the door frame is provided with a panel structure for fixing the door body of the washing machine body, and the casing covered by the frame body and the panel structure are Together to form the outer surface of the washing machine body
  • the water tank is arranged in the frame body or detachably arranged on one side of the casing.
  • the laundry assembly is detachably connected to the water tank; the water tank has a capacity of 2-10L.
  • the washing machine body further comprises a plurality of transport bolts for inserting from the outer casing to limit the outer cylinder; the transport bolts are arranged on a surface of the laundry assembly facing the water tank; when installing the water tank , remove the shipping bolts to make way for the water tank.
  • the transport bolts are inserted into the casing, the frame of the laundry assembly, and the corresponding mounting holes on the outer cylinder in sequence to achieve fixing.
  • the invention provides a mini washing machine.
  • the washing machine body includes a laundry component and a water tank.
  • the laundry component is provided with an outer tub to realize the dehydration function; Wide; the door body can be locked on the shell of the laundry assembly through the locking structure, so as to prevent children from touching the rotating inner cylinder when the washing machine body is running, and improve the safety of use.
  • the locking structure includes a matching first electromagnetic lock and a magnetic component; in another embodiment, when the door body is rotatably connected to the housing, the locking structure may also include a second electromagnet, a latch formed by matching the latch.
  • the second electromagnetic lock both of the two locking structures have the advantages of small size and small footprint, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body.
  • the water tank is detachably connected to the laundry assembly, the water tank can be detached from the laundry assembly to add water, and the washing machine body will not be restricted by whether the application site has a water circuit. It is easier to carry the water tank than to carry the washing machine body, and water injection is convenient. .
  • the bottom of the water tank abuts on a boss formed by extending the bottom of the shell of the laundry assembly to form a counterweight module of the laundry assembly, and there is no need to provide additional weights in the shell of the laundry assembly, which is beneficial to the small size of the laundry assembly. design.
  • a humidity sensor is arranged in the straight exhaust air duct to determine the drying, which meets the requirements of the miniaturized design of the overall size of the washing machine body, and simultaneously realizes the function of automatically determining and stopping drying.
  • the hot and humid air in the inner drum passes into the water tank, contacts the inner wall of the water tank to cool down and/or exchanges heat energy with the cold air in the cavity and/or exchanges heat energy with the washing water in the cavity.
  • part of the humid and hot air is cooled to form condensed water into the washing water, and part of the humid and hot air is discharged from the washing machine body after preliminary cooling, reducing the impact of the discharged air on the humidity and temperature of the air in the surrounding environment, improving the user experience and reducing the washing machine body.
  • the probability of beads hanging on the outer wall reduces the impact of the exhausted air on its life.
  • the humid and hot air discharged from the laundry component during the drying process is cooled by the water tank, which reduces the humidity and temperature of the air discharged from the washing machine body, replaces the traditional technology of setting a condenser, saves the internal space of the laundry component, and is conducive to the miniaturization design of the washing machine body.
  • the washing machine body is provided with a support frame for supporting the internal components
  • the support frame includes a fixed frame body and a door frame
  • the frame body is used to provide support for the internal components of the washing machine body
  • the door frame is used to fix the door of the washing machine body. body, and an opening is provided to form a channel for throwing laundry. Since the door body has a certain weight, the door frame can be firmly installed without additional fixing parts in the frame to install the door body of the shell, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of a three-dimensional structure of a washing machine body of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is the schematic diagram of the electromagnetic adsorption type door lock of the present invention
  • Fig. 3 is the partial schematic diagram of the lift door structure of the present invention.
  • Fig. 4 is the structural representation of the shell of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the flange plate and the inner cylinder in an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is an exploded view of the assembly structure of the flange plate and the inner cylinder in another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly structure of the flange plate and the inner cylinder in another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the flange plate and the inner cylinder in another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an inner cylinder in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram 1 of the explosion structure of the washing machine body of the present invention.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic diagram 2 of the explosion structure of the washing machine body of the present invention.
  • Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of the water tank of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a front view of the first side wall of the water tank of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram 2 of the three-dimensional structure of the washing machine body of the present invention.
  • Fig. 15 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the support frame of the present invention.
  • Fig. 16 is a partial three-dimensional structural schematic diagram of the washing machine body of the present invention.
  • 17 is a cross-sectional view of the partial structure of the washing machine body of the present invention.
  • Fig. 18 is an enlarged view of A in Fig. 17;
  • Fig. 19 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of the support frame of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is a partial structure top view of the washing machine body of the present invention.
  • Figure 21 is a side view of the washing machine body when the door of the present invention is opened.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of the assembly and explosion structure of the door opening assembly, the connector and the fixing part of the present invention.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the door opening assembly, the connecting piece and the fixing piece of the present invention.
  • 24 is a positional relationship diagram of the laundry assembly and the two-link structure when the door body of the present invention is closed;
  • Fig. 25 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of the door body of the present invention.
  • Figure 26 is an assembly relationship diagram of the door body, the two-link structure and the connector when the door body of the present invention is closed;
  • Figure 27 is a front view of the first fixed frame of the present invention.
  • Figure 29 is a cross-sectional structural view of the assembly relationship of the door shell and the door body of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the washing machine body when the door body is closed according to the present invention.
  • 200 water tank; 210, cover body; 211, handle; 220, box body; 221, second air inlet; 222, second air outlet; 223, first side wall; 230, cavity; 240, infrared liquid level sensor; 251, first water level probe; 252, second water level probe; 253, third water level probe; 261, first baffle; 262, second baffle;
  • 300 flange plate; 3001, positioning hole; 3002, central part; 3003, extension part; 3004, flange end side part; 3005, fixed position; 3006, fixed area;
  • A200 laundry assembly; A210, connecting piece; A211, first connecting seat; A212, second connecting seat; A220, door shell; A221, second recess; A222, second through slot; A223, second card slot;
  • A300 door opening assembly; A311, first link; A312, third link; A321, second link; A322, fourth link; A330, locking structure; A331, locking piece; A3311, locking groove; A340 , elastic part; A341, first torsion spring; A342, second torsion spring; A350, damping part; A360, fixed piece;
  • the present invention provides a mini washing machine, which includes a washing machine body 1 as shown in Figure 1, Figure 10, Figure 11, Figure 14, and Figure 17.
  • the washing machine body 1 includes a laundry component 100 and a water tank 200; the laundry component 100 is used for clothes processing ;in,
  • the laundry assembly 100 includes a door body 110 and an outer casing 120; the door body 110 and the outer casing 120 together form a sealed space for accommodating the inner tub 130 and the outer tub 140;
  • the opening of the inner cylinder 130 is inclined upward to accommodate the clothes to be washed; the outer cylinder 140 and the outer wall of the inner cylinder 130 together form a water flow channel for the water supply to pass through; In addition to the basic washing function, it can also perform dehydration;
  • the water tank 200 is used to store water and supply water to the laundry assembly 100; the laundry assembly 100 and the water tank 200 together form the mechanical structure of the washing machine body 1, and the water tank 200 can be automatically or manually filled with water to achieve water supply, and the washing machine body 1 can be placed in any place. , regardless of whether the site has restrictions on setting up waterways, and has a wide range of application scenarios;
  • the door body 110 When the door body 110 is closed, it is locked on the housing 120 through the locking structure.
  • the door body 110 is locked by the locking structure, so as to prevent children from touching the inner tub 130 when the washing machine body 1 is running.
  • the door body 110 is slidably connected or rotationally connected to the housing 120 through the door opening structure.
  • the front panel of the housing 120 is recessed to form a third recessed portion 124.
  • the door body 110 closes the laundry access opening, the door body 110 is placed in the third recessed portion 124, and the outer surface of the door body 110 is connected to the third recessed portion.
  • the outer peripheral surface of 124 forms a plane or smooth curved surface, so as to improve the neatness of the front panel of the casing 120 .
  • the door body 110 slides or rotates away from the third concave portion 124. After the external force is applied to the door body 110, the door body 110 slides along the outline of the laundry access opening (eg, the third concave portion 124) through the door opening structure to open the door body. 110.
  • the door opening structure when the door body 110 is slidably connected to the housing 120, the door opening structure includes:
  • the slide rail is arranged in the outer casing 120 near the clothes pick-and-place port, the sliding rail can be arranged at the position B of the outer casing 120 in FIG. 4 , and the sliding rail extends along the outline of the outer casing 120;
  • the slider is arranged on the outer contour of the door body 110;
  • the slider slides along the slide rail to pull the door body 110 away from the laundry access opening.
  • a slide rail may be provided around the inner side of the casing 120 near the clothing pick and place opening; in other embodiments, a slide rail may be provided on a portion of the housing 120 near the inner side of the clothing pick and place opening.
  • slide rails are arranged on two opposite sides of the inner side.
  • sliding rails and sliding blocks are used to push the door body 110 . When pushing the door body, you can slide the door left and right or slide the door up and down. In order to facilitate opening of the door body 110 and avoid unnecessary damage to the door body 110 , the door body 110 may be pushed upwards.
  • one end of the door body 110 is provided with a rotating shaft 1103 to be rotatably connected with the housing 120 .
  • the locking structure includes:
  • the first electromagnetic lock 126 is fixed on the shell 120 of the washing machine body
  • the magnetic piece 111 is fixed on the door body 110 of the washing machine body;
  • the door body 110 is covered on the casing 120 to form a sealing structure; when the current passes through the first electromagnetic lock 126, the first electromagnet in the first electromagnetic lock 126 generates a magnetic force to attract the magnetic member 111, so that the door body 110 is locked to the casing 120 on.
  • the first electromagnetic lock 126 utilizes the principle of electromagnetism. When the current passes through the silicon steel sheet, the first electromagnetic lock 126 generates a strong suction force and tightly adsorbs the magnetic member 111 to achieve the effect of locking the door.
  • the electromagnetic adsorption type door lock achieves the structure of locking the door through electromagnetic adsorption, and the structure is simple.
  • the first electromagnetic lock 126 can be disposed on the surface of the casing 120 or inside or partially embedded in the casing 120, but in order to avoid additional openings or installation structures on the surface of the casing 120, the first electromagnetic lock 126 is embedded in the casing 120 of the washing machine body .
  • the magnetic member 111 rotates along with the door body 110 to the corresponding position of the first electromagnetic lock 126 on the casing 120 to lock the door body 110 ; that is, the door body 110 is rotated to cover the casing 120 , which is comparable to the door body 110 .
  • the sliding door opening and closing of the main body, and the rotary door opening have low requirements on the space in the upper and lower directions of the washing machine body.
  • a slide rail is provided inside the housing 120 to match the slider on the door body 110 .
  • the number of the first electromagnetic locks 126 provided on the housing 120 of the washing machine body is at least two.
  • the first electromagnetic lock 126 can be arranged at any position of the casing 120 .
  • the first electromagnetic lock is preferably arranged at the upper and/or lower part of the third recess 124 on the casing 120 .
  • the first electromagnetic lock 126 is arranged on the upper or lower part of the third recessed portion 124, and when the final state of the door body 110 after the door is rotated and closed is located below the third recessed portion 124, the An electromagnetic lock 126 is disposed at the lower part of the third recess 124 .
  • the locking force of the door body 110 includes the gravity of the door body 110 and the magnetic attraction force of the first electromagnetic lock, so as to increase the locking force between the door body 110 and the housing 120
  • the first electromagnetic lock 126 is arranged on the upper portion of the third recessed portion 124.
  • the advantage of this solution is that when the first electromagnetic lock 126 is arranged on the third recessed portion 124 When the recessed portion 124 is on the upper part, even if the door body 110 is not locked on the outer casing 120, that is, the sealing is not good, the water in the inner tub will not flow out and leak out of the laundry assembly 100; when more than one first electromagnetic lock 126 is provided,
  • the two first electromagnetic locks can be arranged at the lower part of the third recessed part 124 or the upper part of the third recessed part 124, or the first electromagnetic lock 126 can be arranged at the upper part and the lower part of the third recessed part 124, so as to lift the door body 110 and the shell. Locking force between 120. It should be understood that the first electromagnetic lock can also be disposed on the left and/or right of the third recess 124 on the housing 120 .
  • the first electromagnetic locks 126 are evenly distributed on the third recessed portion 124 of the washing machine body to further enhance the locking between the door body 110 and the housing 120 force.
  • the third concave portion 124 extends from the clothes access opening to a position away from the center of the clothes access opening, so as to fit the door body 110 . inside.
  • the third recessed portion 124 is further provided with an electromagnetic fixing area 125 (where the first electromagnetic lock is located), and the electromagnetic fixing area 125 is disposed close to the position where the door body 110 and the housing 120 are finally closed.
  • the electromagnetic fixing area 125 is disposed below the clothes taking-out opening, so that when the door 110 is closed, the electromagnetic fixing area 125 can be sealed on the housing 120 .
  • the locking structure when the door body 110 is rotatably connected to the housing 120, the locking structure is a pin-type door lock, the locking structure includes a second electromagnetic lock, and the second electromagnetic lock includes a second electromagnet and a latch 1201; a trigger switch Afterwards, the housing 120 locks the door body 110 through the latch 1201 . Specifically, the second electromagnet on the housing 120 is de-energized, so that the second electromagnetic lock drops the latch 1201 to lock the door body 110 or the second electromagnet is energized, so that the second electromagnet drops the latch 1201 to lock the door body 110.
  • the pin-type door locks are distributed on the door body 110 and the casing 120.
  • the outer contour of the casing 120 is provided with a latch 1201 and a first protrusion 1202, and the door body 110 is provided with a socket 1101, Open slot 1102 ; after the door body 110 is closed, the switch is triggered, and the second electromagnetic lock drops the latch 1201 .
  • the component that triggers the drop pin 1201 of the second electromagnetic lock is a reed switch, that is, the second electromagnetic lock includes a component reed switch, and the reed switch is installed on the housing 120.
  • the reed switch senses After reaching the magnet on the door body 110 (the electric switch operated by the reed switch through the applied magnetic field), after the second electromagnet on the housing 120 is de-energized, the second electromagnetic lock drops the latch 1201 to lock the door body 110 .
  • a first raised portion 1202 is provided on the opposite side of the housing 120 and the door body 110 , and the first raised portion 1202 includes an opening 1203 .
  • a plug 1201 is also connected to the housing 120 ;
  • the door body 110 includes an opening slot 1102, the size and shape of the opening slot 1102 match the first protrusion 1202 on the housing 120, and the side edge of the door body 110 is also provided with an insertion hole 1101, the insertion hole 1101 and the opening
  • the grooves 1102 communicate with each other; when the door body 110 and the casing 120 are closed in place, the first protrusion 1202 of the casing 120 is inserted into the opening groove 1102 on the door body 110 , and the latch 1201 on the casing 120 falls into the insertion hole 1101 of the door body 110 , to lock the door body 110 and the housing 120 .
  • the second electromagnet When the door body 110 is unlocked, the second electromagnet is energized or de-energized, and the latch 1201 of the second electromagnetic lock is absorbed by the second electromagnet of the second electromagnetic lock to unlock the door body 110. It should be understood that the door body After 110 is unlocked, the door body 110 can be opened by manual intervention or automatic push bombs.
  • a second and first detection device (not shown) is also included to determine whether the door body 110 is closed in place by detecting whether the door body 110 reaches the target position, so as to ensure that the door body 110 is closed in place before triggering the discount.
  • the target position is the position where the door body reaches the third recessed portion 124 .
  • the second detection device is a photoelectric sensor, and the photoelectric sensor is disposed above or below the third recessed portion 124 for detecting whether the door body 110 is closed in place.
  • the second detection device may also be a second detection device such as a Hall sensor.
  • the laundry assembly 100 further includes:
  • the flange 300 is used to drive the inner cylinder 130 to rotate;
  • the inner cylinder 130 includes a cylinder body 1305 and a cylinder bottom 1304 integrally formed with the cylinder body 1305.
  • the cylinder bottom 1304 is provided with a groove 1301, and the flange 300 is inserted into the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 through the groove 1301, that is, the groove 1301 is a groove 1301.
  • the groove 1301 is a groove 1301.
  • it is used to form the accommodating space of the flange 300
  • it is used to limit the position of the flange 300 .
  • the shape of the flange 300 can be set to any shape, as long as the flange 300 can transmit the driving force received by the flange 300 to the inner cylinder 130 in a balanced manner.
  • the flange 300 includes a central portion 3002 and a plurality of extension portions 3003 extending from the central portion 3002 away from the central portion 3002 .
  • the flange 300 extends from its central portion 3002 with three extending portions 3003 . At this time, in order to match the flange 300 , the groove extends from the center of the inner cylinder away from the center.
  • the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 are fixed by separate fixing structures.
  • the fixing structure includes an insert 700, and the insert 700 is attached to the bottom 1304 and/or the body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 to fix the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130; in other embodiments , the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 are fixedly connected by their own structures.
  • the insert 700 is used to fix the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 from the outside of the inner cylinder 130 ; specifically, the insert 700 is attached to the inner cylinder On the outer wall of 130 and the end of the flange 300 , one end of the insert 700 is fixed to the flange 300 , and the other end is fixed to the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the way of fixing the insert 700 to the flange 300 and the cylinder body 1305 includes the use of fasteners, clamping, welding, bonding and other common fixing ways in the prior art.
  • the insert 700 includes at least Two fifth mounting holes 7004; one end of the plug-in 700 is fixed to the end of the flange 300 through a fifth mounting hole 7004 by a fastener, and another fastener is passed through another fifth mounting hole 7004 to fix the plug-in The other end of 700 is fixed to the cylinder body 1305 .
  • the fasteners are commonly used fixing structures such as screws, that is, the insert 700 is first fixed on the end of the flange 300 by screws, and then the insert 700 is fixed on the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 by screws, so as to finally The flange 300 is fixed to the bottom of the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the fixing position 3005 set on the side portion 3004 of the flange end is the side portion of the end of any extension portion 3003 away from the center portion 3002 .
  • the flange plate has an odd number of extension parts 3003.
  • the flange plate 300 extends from the center part 3002 of the flange plate 300 with three extension parts 3003.
  • An insert 700 is provided at the end of the extension portion 3003 to ensure that the flange 300 is stably fixed on the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the ends of at least two spaced apart extension parts 3003 correspond to an insert 700 respectively to fix the flange plate 300 and the inner cylinder 130 . It should be understood that when three or four inserts 700 are provided, try to make the inserts 700 evenly fasten the ends of the flange 300.
  • each insert 700 and each extension 3003 Department corresponds.
  • only one insert 700 may be provided, and the insert 700 is integrally attached to the outer wall of the inner cylinder 130 and the end of the flange 300. Compared with the arrangement of several inserts 700, the insert 700 provided as a whole has better stability.
  • the insert 700 is provided with three fifth mounting holes 7004 , wherein one fifth mounting hole 7004 It is used to match the fixing position 3005 on the flange 300 ; the other two fifth mounting holes 7004 are used to fix the insert 700 and the barrel 1305 . Through the three fifth mounting holes to form a nearly triangular stable structure.
  • the insert 700 is closely attached to the outer side of the inner tube 130 and the end of the flange 300.
  • the insert 700 extends along the bottom 1304 of the inner tube 130 to at least cover the bottom 1304 of the inner tube 130.
  • the part of the flange 300 on the bottom, at this time, the part of the insert located at the end of the flange 300 forms a nearly L-shaped structure, which strengthens the fixing ability of the insert 700 .
  • the insert 700 is used to abut the junction of the bottom 1304 and the barrel 1305 from the inside of the inner barrel 130 to form a connection between the flange 300 and the inner barrel 130 .
  • Rigid connection wherein one side of the insert 700 is used to fix the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 and the flange 300 , and the other side is used to fix the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the insert 700 is an L-shaped fastener
  • the two sides of the insert 700 are the two inserts 7001 of the L-shaped fastener
  • each insert 7001 is provided with an insertion hole 7002 .
  • the fixing methods of the insert 700 and the flange 300 , the cylinder body 1305 , and the cylinder bottom 1304 include common fixing methods in the prior art, such as using fasteners, clamping, welding, and bonding.
  • the groove 1301 is provided with a plurality of fixing holes 1303 for fixing the flange.
  • the fixing holes 1303 correspond to the positioning holes 3001 one-to-one; the fasteners fix the flange 300 to the bottom of the inner cylinder 130 from the inner cylinder 130 through the insertion holes 7002 through the fixing holes 1303 on the groove 1301 . That is, a fastener passes through the inner cylinder 130 through the insertion hole 7002 of the insert 7001 on the cylinder bottom 1304, and then passes through the matching positioning holes 3001 and fixing holes 1303 in turn to fix the flange 300 to the inner cylinder 130.
  • the other fastener passes through the barrel 1305 of the inner barrel 130 through the insertion hole 7002 of the insert 7001 on the barrel body 1305, and then passes through the fixing hole on the barrel body to fix the insert 700 in the inner barrel 130 , so as to further strengthen the stability between the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 .
  • a foolproof part 1302 is further included near the fixing hole 1303 of the inner cylinder 130 to indicate the installation position of the insert 700 .
  • the foolproof portion 1302 may be a protrusion, an open slot, or a color mark that can be used to indicate the installation position of the insert 700; in one embodiment, when the foolproof portion 1302 is an open slot, it may be provided on the insert 700
  • the second protruding portion 7003 is used to install the second protruding portion 7003 of the insert 700 at the position where the foolproof portion 1302 is located.
  • a positioning groove 3007 is provided on the surface of the flange 300 facing the inner cylinder 130, and the second raised portion 7003 extends into the positioning groove 3007 after passing through the foolproof portion 1302, and plays a role in positioning and installation.
  • a plurality of positioning holes 3001 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the flange 300 to ensure the stability of the flange 300 being fixed on the inner cylinder 130 ;
  • each extending portion 3003 is provided with a corresponding positioning hole 3001.
  • the flange 300 extends from the central portion 3002 of the flange 300 with three extension portions 3003 .
  • a corresponding extension portion 3003 is provided on the inner side of the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the insert 700 is used to ensure that the flange 300 is stably fixed on the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the two inserts 700 are evenly distributed on the inner side of the inner cylinder 130, such as at least two spaced apart extension portions 3003 corresponding to the inner side of the inner cylinder 130 corresponding to one
  • the insert 700 is used to fix the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 . It should be understood that when three or four inserts 700 are provided, try to make the inserts 700 evenly distributed on the inner side of the inner cylinder 130 for fixing the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130. When five inserts 700 are provided, each An insert 700 corresponds to each extension 3003 .
  • only one insert 700 may be provided, and the insert 700 is attached to the inner wall of the inner cylinder 130 as a whole, and the insert 700 is provided with a corresponding fixing position at the position corresponding to each extension 3003; Compared with the arrangement of several inserts 700, the insert 700 arranged as a whole has better stability.
  • the inner cylinder 130 and the flange 300 are not fixed by a separate fixing structure, but are fixed by the structure of the inner cylinder 130 and the flange 300 themselves.
  • the end of the flange 300 also includes a bending part, the bending part extends from the bottom 1304 of the cylinder 130 to the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130; the groove 1301 extends to the cylinder body 1305; the bending part is embedded in the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130
  • the flange 300 is fixed to the inner cylinder 130 in the groove 1301 .
  • the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 is recessed into the inner cylinder 130 to form a groove 1301 for installing the flange 300 .
  • the groove 1301 of the present invention extends from the cylinder bottom 1304 to the cylinder body 1305, and the fasteners pass through
  • the fixing area 3006 on the flange 300 close to the position of the barrel 1305 passes through the barrel hole 1303 on the barrel 1305 of the inner barrel 130 to fix the flange 300 to the barrel bottom 1304 of the inner barrel 130 .
  • the extension length of the groove 1301 on the barrel body is 1/2-1/4 of the extension length of the groove 1301 on the barrel bottom, preferably, the extension length of the groove 1301 on the barrel body is a concave length
  • the groove is formed at 1/3 of the extension length of the bottom of the cylinder, so as to ensure the fixing stability of the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 while avoiding the length of the groove 1301 on the cylinder body 1305 being too long.
  • the flange 300 is attached to the outer wall of the inner cylinder 130 and extends from the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 to the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 to fix at least the part of the flange 300 located on the cylinder body 1305 and the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the fixing method of the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 includes the use of fasteners, clamping, welding, bonding and other common fixing methods in the prior art.
  • a fixing area 3006 is included on the flange 300 near the cylinder body 1305 ; the fasteners fix the flange 300 to the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 through the fixing area 3006 on the flange 300 .
  • the setting position of the cylinder hole is generally set according to the shape of the flange 300.
  • the fixed area is set evenly along the circumferential direction of the flange.
  • each extension part 3003 is provided with a fixing area 3006 to ensure that each extension part 3003 is fixedly connected to the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the flange plate 300 further includes a positioning hole 3001 , and the fastener passes through the positioning hole 3001 to fix the flange plate 300 and the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the positioning hole 3001 is located at the position where the flange 300 is close to the bottom 1304 of the cylinder, so that the fastener can pass through the positioning hole 3001 and the bottom hole 1306 on the bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 to fix the flange 300 and inner cylinder 130.
  • the end of the extension portion 3003 of the flange 300 does not exceed the edge of the groove 1301 to prevent the flange 300 from affecting the rotation of the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the flange 300 extends from its central portion 3002 with three extension portions 3003 . At this time, in order to match the flange 300 , the groove extends from the center of the inner cylinder away from the center.
  • the laundry assembly 100 is fixedly connected to the water tank 200 . Further, the shell of the washing machine body 1 respectively forms the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 and the box body 220 of the water tank 200 . When the washing water needs to be added, move the entire washing machine body 1 to the place where the water channel is provided, or place the washing machine body 1 in the place where the water channel is provided, and align the water outlet of the water channel with the opening of the water tank 200 . In yet another embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , the laundry assembly 100 is detachably connected to the water tank 200 .
  • the water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100, so that when the washing water needs to be added, the water tank 200 can be removed to add water.
  • the washing machine body 1 When the washing machine body 1 is placed with a waterway, the water outlet of the waterway can be aligned with the opening of the water tank 200, and when washing water needs to be added, just open the cover 210; when the washing machine body 1 is placed where no waterway is set , when the washing water needs to be added, the water tank 200 can be removed.
  • the water tank 200 includes a cover body 210 and a box body 220 with an opening, so as to be clamped together to form a cavity 230 .
  • the cover body 210 is exposed, and the opening or closing is opened or closed by the movement of the cover body 210; the box body 220 and the cover body 210 are clamped together to form a cavity 230 for accommodating washing water;
  • the cover body 210 is provided to prevent dust accumulation in the cavity 230 from contaminating the washing water.
  • a handle 211 is concavely formed on the outer surface of the cover body 210 for the user to grasp, so as to open the cover body 210 .
  • the water tank 200 has a long and narrow shape, which reduces the cross-sectional size of the water tank 200 and reduces the front-to-rear distance of the washing machine body 1 while meeting the water volume required for accommodating the inner tub 130 .
  • the door body 110 at the opening of the inner tub 130 usually faces the user, which shortens the front-to-back distance of the washing machine body 1 , reduces the requirements for the front-to-back distance of the position where the washing machine body 1 is placed, and provides a suitable place for the washing machine body 1 .
  • the bottom of the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 extends toward the water tank 200 to form a boss 123 , and the bottom of the water tank 200 abuts against the upper surface of the boss 123 .
  • the water tank 200 is placed on the boss 123, and the self-weight of the water tank 200 exerts a downward force on the boss 123, thereby forming a counterweight module of the laundry assembly 100 to balance the washing machine body 1, without the need for the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100.
  • An additional weight block is arranged inside, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the laundry assembly 100 .
  • an accommodating groove (not shown in the figure) is provided at the bottom of the boss 123 for accommodating the drainage pipe of the washing machine body 1 .
  • the drainage pipes are placed in the accommodating grooves at the bottom of the boss 123 to improve the aesthetics, and the drainage pipes do not occupy the internal space of the laundry assembly 100, which facilitates the setting and arrangement of the internal structure of the laundry assembly 100, and is beneficial to the miniaturization of the washing machine body 1. design.
  • the washing machine body 1 is used to wash small-sized items such as inner clothes and socks
  • the inner cylinder can be used to process 0.5-1.5Kg dry clothes
  • the cavity 230 of the water tank 200 can accommodate at least one wash and two rinses of water.
  • the capacity of the water tank 200 is 2-10L.
  • the capacity of the water tank 200 is 3-6L. It is used to provide the water consumption of the washing machine body 1 for a complete washing procedure, and at the same time control the size of the water tank 200 so as not to affect the size of the entire washing machine body 1 .
  • the water tank 200 can also be connected to an automatic water filling device, and the washing machine body 1 needs to be placed in a site with a waterway.
  • the automatic water filling device can make the remaining amount of washing water in the water tank 200 constant, so as to avoid insufficient water supply.
  • the water tank 200 can selectively use artificial auxiliary water or external water to add water, the washing machine body 1 can be placed in any convenient place for the user, and a water level sensor is provided in the cavity 230 of the water tank 200 to sense the water level Changes in the water level where the sensor is located;
  • the box body 220 of the water tank 200 is electrically connected to the control board in the laundry assembly 100 through the electrical connection assembly, and the water level sensor and the control board perform signal transmission, so that the user can know the water level in the water tank 200. Variety.
  • a water level sensor in the water tank it can sense the change of the water level in the corresponding position in the cavity, and indicate the user's current residual amount of washing water in the water tank, so as to avoid insufficient water storage in the water tank to supply water for the current operating mode of the washing machine body, and the laundry component runs idly. , resulting in waste of electric energy and depreciation of equipment.
  • a water level sensor is disposed at the bottom of the cavity 230 for sensing the presence or absence of water in the cavity 230 .
  • At least one water level sensor is disposed on the side wall of the cavity 230 to sense the water level at the height corresponding to the corresponding water level sensor.
  • at least two water level sensors disposed on the side walls of the cavity 230 are of different heights, so as to respectively indicate the amount of water corresponding to at least two different water consumption modes of the laundry assembly 100 .
  • the washing machine body 1 usually has normal washing, rinsing, and quick washing modes. Different modes require different amounts of water. According to the different clothes processing modes of the washing machine body 1 that require water, the corresponding water level sensors are respectively matched.
  • the amount of water in the treatment mode specifies the amount of water stored in the water tank 200 .
  • the washing machine body 1 When the washing machine body 1 has three laundry treatment modes that require different water consumptions, namely normal washing, rinsing, and quick washing, there are three water level sensors disposed on the side wall of the cavity 230, which are arranged vertically staggered, and the three water level sensors can be disposed at On the same side wall, it can also be divided into two groups and arranged on the two side walls respectively, and the water level height of the water amount required by the three laundry treatment modes can be sensed respectively. It should be understood that when the washing machine body 1 has four, five or more laundry treatment modes with different water consumption, a corresponding number of water level sensors can be longitudinally arranged according to customer needs.
  • the water level sensor includes a water level probe or an infrared level sensor.
  • the water level sensor is a water level probe
  • the water level probe contacts the water and the circuit is turned on, sending a feedback signal of water to the control board;
  • the circuit is disconnected when the water level probe does not touch the water, and the control panel has no feedback signal from the water level probe.
  • the water level sensor is an infrared level sensor
  • the infrared level sensor when the water level in the cavity 230 is not lower than the height of the infrared level sensor, when the infrared level sensor contacts the water, the light emitted by the transmitting end of the infrared level sensor is refracted, and the infrared level sensor is refracted. If the receiving end of the liquid level sensor does not receive light or receives a small amount of light, the control board has no signal fed back by the infrared liquid level sensor; when the water level in the cavity 230 is lower than the height of the infrared liquid level sensor, the infrared liquid level sensor does not contact the infrared liquid level sensor. When it reaches the water, the light emitted by the transmitting end will be reflected from its lens structure to the receiving end of the infrared liquid level sensor.
  • the infrared liquid level sensor 240 is disposed on the bottom of the cavity 230
  • the water level probe is disposed on the side wall of the cavity 230 .
  • the first water level probe 251 and the second water level probe 252 are longitudinally distributed on the side wall of the cavity 230 from top to bottom. and the third water level probe 253 to sense the water consumption corresponding to rinsing, normal cleaning and quick cleaning respectively.
  • the water tank 200 is fixedly connected to the laundry assembly 100, and the wire harness of the water level sensor in the water tank 200 passes through the box body 220 and the casing 120 in sequence, and is electrically connected to the control board in the casing 120 to connect
  • the water level change information sensed by the water level sensor is sent to the control board, and the control board controls the indicating component to instruct the user to add water in time.
  • the water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100. After the water tank 200 enters the water circuit of the laundry assembly 100, the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 are electrically connected through an electrical connector (not shown in the figure), so that The water level sensor is electrically connected to the control board in the casing 120 to realize signal transmission between the water level sensor and the control board, so as to send the water level change information sensed by the water level sensor to the control board.
  • the water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100, so that the washing machine body will not be restricted by the presence or absence of water channels in the application site, and can be placed at any position according to the user's usage habits. Lightweight, convenient for adding water, many application scenarios, and convenient for users to use.
  • the electrical connector is an electrical connector, including a matching male end connector and a female end connector.
  • the two connectors are respectively arranged on the box body 220 of the water tank 200 and the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100, and are arranged on the connector of the box body 220 of the water tank 200.
  • the water level sensor corresponding to the position in the water tank 200 is electrically connected, and the connector provided on the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 is electrically connected to the control board inside. The electrical connections of the laundry assembly 100.
  • the electrical connection between the box body 220 and the control board in the laundry assembly 100 is disconnected; when the water tank 200 is filled with water and fixed to one side of the laundry assembly 100, the box body 220 and the laundry assembly
  • the electrical connection of the control board in 100 is connected, so that the water level sensor is connected to the control board.
  • the water level change information is transmitted to the control board, and the control board controls the relevant indication components to send to the user.
  • the water level indication information enables the user to know the current water level condition. Further, the current water level condition includes whether there is water or no water at the location where the corresponding water level sensor is located.
  • the electrical connector includes a female end connector embedded in the box body 220 and a male end connector protruding from the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100; the male end connector is provided with several metal probes, and the female end connector is provided with several metal probes
  • the jack, several metal probes of the male end connector are inserted relative to the corresponding jack positions, so that after the male end connector is inserted into the female end connector, the electrical connection between the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 is realized, and then the control board and the water level sensor are connected.
  • the electrical connection enables the control board to receive the water level change information sent by the water level sensor.
  • the socket-type female end connector is disposed on the box body 220 , and when the water tank 200 is removed from the laundry assembly 100 side, the installation of the water tank 200 is convenient.
  • a water level sensor is arranged at the bottom of the cavity 230 to sense whether there is water or no water in the cavity 230
  • a joint of the electrical connector corresponding to the water level sensor is arranged at the bottom of the box body 220, in order to
  • the female end joint (not shown in the figure) provided on the box body 220 is embedded in the bottom wall of the box body 220 , so that the arrangement of the electrical connector joint does not affect the placement of the water tank 200 .
  • the male end connector (not shown in the figure) that is provided on the box body 220 and is electrically connected to the female end connector of the water level sensor arranged at the bottom of the cavity 230 is arranged on the boss 123 so as to be arranged on the bottom of the cavity 230.
  • the water level sensor is electrically connected to the control board in the laundry assembly 100 .
  • At least two water level sensors disposed on the side walls of the cavity 230 are of different heights to respectively indicate the amount of water corresponding to at least two different water consumption modes of the laundry assembly 100 , and each water level sensor corresponds to an electrical connector.
  • the laundry assembly 100 is provided with an indicating assembly for indicating the change of the water level in the cavity 230 .
  • the indicating component includes a flashing light indicating component or a sound indicating component; the indicating component includes different indicating states to respectively indicate the water level changes corresponding to the corresponding water level sensors.
  • the number of water level sensors is at least two.
  • the indicating component is a blinking light indicating component
  • the blinking light indicating component can distinguish the water level changes sensed by different water level sensors through different blinking frequencies or blinking of different colors of lights or gradient colors of lights.
  • the indicating component is a sound indicating component
  • the sound indicating component can distinguish and indicate the water level changes sensed by different water level sensors through the number of warning sounds or different utterances of the warning sound.
  • the laundry assembly 100 is provided with a drying assembly 180 for drying;
  • the drying assembly 180 includes a straight exhaust duct (not shown in the figure) for drying During the process, the hot and humid air formed in the inner cylinder is discharged to the outside of the laundry assembly;
  • a humidity sensor in the straight exhaust air duct to collect the humidity at the location and transmit the collection to the control board in the laundry component; when the threshold value of the collected humidity reaches the preset stop threshold for drying, the control board issues a stop command, Drying is terminated by configuring the drying assembly 180 .
  • the moisture content of the clothes in the inner tub 130 decreases, and the humidity of the air entering the straight exhaust duct from the inner tub 130 decreases.
  • the humidity in the straight exhaust air duct is reduced to a certain value.
  • the humidity of the location is collected in real time by the humidity sensor, and when the humidity decreases to the drying stop threshold, it indicates that the dryness of the clothes in the inner tub 130 meets the requirement, and the drying operation can be stopped.
  • a humidity sensor is used in the drying air duct to determine drying, instead of the traditional solution of setting a temperature sensor at the air inlet and air outlet of the inner tub 130, which is convenient for installation and takes up less space.
  • the humidity sensor is arranged close to the first air outlet 121 of the straight exhaust air duct, and the humidity condition here is closest to the humidity condition of the air discharged from the straight exhaust air duct to the outside of the laundry assembly 100, and the humidity value collected by the humidity sensor is used for Judgment is more precise.
  • the first air outlet 121 is provided with a lint collector (not shown in the figure). Because when the clothes in the inner cylinder 130 are processed, lint such as substances and filaments on the clothes are usually washed out. If they are directly discharged into the water tank 200 , the water tank 200 will be polluted. By arranging a lint collector at the first air outlet 121 to collect the lint discharged from the inner cylinder 130 , the lint collector can be cleaned regularly to reduce the contamination of the water tank 200 due to the discharge of hot and humid air from the inner cylinder 130 .
  • a lint filter (not shown in the figure) is provided at the air inlet of the drying air duct of the drying assembly 180 .
  • the filter is used to filter the incoming new air, so as to prevent the drying air duct from inhaling sundries and causing the drying air duct and even the inner cylinder to be polluted.
  • the fresh air in the inner cylinder 130 is replenished in time, so the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 does not need to be provided with the first air inlet 122, and the box body 220 does not need to be provided with the second air outlet 222. In order to supplement the inner cylinder 130 with fresh air through the water tank 200 .
  • the water tank 200 is disposed toward the first air outlet 121 of the straight exhaust duct; the first air outlet 121 is communicated with the cavity 230 of the water tank 200; after drying is turned on, the hot and humid air in the straight exhaust air duct flows into the air.
  • the cavity 230 the air cooled by the inner wall of the cavity 230 and/or the contained washing water is discharged to the outside of the washing machine body 1 .
  • the drying assembly 180 in the laundry assembly 100 starts to dry, and the heating element of the drying assembly 180 heats the cold air to form hot air, which flows into the interior under the action of the fan of the drying assembly 180.
  • the hot air absorbs moisture in the laundry to form moist hot air and is then discharged from the inner tub 130 .
  • the washing machine body uses a condenser inside to cool the humid and hot air to form condensed water for discharge or the air condensed by the condenser is heated by a heating element to form hot air for recycling.
  • the mini washing machine due to the small overall size and small internal space, it is difficult to accommodate a large-sized condenser, so the hot and humid air discharged from the inner tub 130 during the drying process is directly discharged to the outside by designing a straight exhaust duct to adopt a straight exhaust method.
  • this method will increase the humidity and temperature of the environment where the mini washing machine is located, which will affect the user experience and the life of the mini washing machine; , The user experience is poor, which increases the user's labor and effort to clean the surface of the mini washing machine.
  • a damper (not shown in the figure) is provided at the first air outlet 121; when drying stops, the damper is closed to prevent the water vapor in the cavity 230 from entering the drying air duct.
  • the fan of the drying assembly 180 stops running, and the drying air duct and the air in the cavity 230 will be exchanged. Since the cavity 230 is used to store water, the stored water causes the cavity 230 to have a certain humidity.
  • a damper is set. When the drying is stopped, the damper is closed to make the drying air duct Communication with cavity 230 is disconnected.
  • the first air outlet 121 is disposed on the back of the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100, that is, the water tank 200 is located on the back of the laundry assembly 100, which improves the symmetry of the front structure of the washing machine body 1 and improves the aesthetics;
  • the hot and humid air discharged from the water tank 200 is cooled to a certain extent by the inner wall of the water tank 200 or the internal cold air or the contained washing water, it overflows from the gap where the cover body 210 of the water tank 200 and the box body 220 are assembled.
  • the cooling of the hot and humid air is natural cooling, and the air discharged at this time also has a certain humidity.
  • the air with a certain humidity is discharged from the washing machine body 1 and spreads out from the back of the washing machine body 1.
  • the air inlet provided in the drying assembly 180 for introducing fresh air from the outside is closed by a valve; the casing 120 of the laundry assembly 100 is provided with a first air inlet 122; the first air inlet 122 is connected to the The cavity 230 is communicated to pass part of the air of the cavity 230 into the inner tub 130 of the laundry assembly 100 to compensate the inner pressure of the inner tub 130 .
  • the hot and humid air in the inner cylinder 130 is continuously discharged, and the amount of air in the inner cylinder 130 is reduced, resulting in a lower pressure than the outside, forming a vacuum-like state.
  • An air inlet 122 passes the air in the cavity 230 into the inner cylinder 130 , and supplements the air to the inner cylinder 130 to compensate for the decrease of the internal pressure of the inner cylinder 130 .
  • the box body 220 of the water tank 200 is provided with a second air inlet 221 and a second air outlet 222 to communicate with the first air outlet 121 and the first air inlet 122 respectively;
  • the inner wall of the cavity 230 is provided with a baffle plate, It is located between the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 . Since the first air outlet 121 passes hot and humid air into the cavity 230 through the second air inlet 221, in order to reduce the amount of hot and humid air passing through the second air outlet 222 and the first air inlet 122 in sequence, it enters through the corresponding air duct into the cavity 230. inside the inner cylinder 130 , resulting in an increase in the humidity inside the inner cylinder 130 .
  • a baffle plate is arranged between the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 to prevent the hot and humid air introduced from the second air inlet 221 from flowing to the second air outlet 222 .
  • the number of baffles is at least two; two adjacent baffles are alternately arranged and distributed close to the top and bottom ends of the cavity 230 to form a curved airflow channel.
  • the humid and hot air discharged from the inner cylinder 130 enters the cavity 230, except that it contacts the inner wall of the cavity 230 and the washing water stored in the cavity 230 and exchanges heat to achieve cooling.
  • the humid and hot air circulates in the cavity 230, part of the humid and hot air enters the airflow
  • the channel contacts the baffle and exchanges heat with the baffle, so as to speed up the cooling effect of the water tank 200 on the hot and humid air discharged from the inner cylinder 130 .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the distribution relationship of several baffles on the first side wall 223 of the water tank 200 provided with the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 in an embodiment. It can be disposed on the first side wall 223, and the other side wall of the baffle can abut against the inner surface of the water tank 200 opposite to the first side wall 223 (not shown in the figure).
  • the number of baffles is five, including three first baffles 261 and two second baffles 262 .
  • the first baffle 261 is disposed near the top of the cavity 230
  • the second baffle 262 is disposed near the bottom of the cavity 230 . Since in one embodiment, the water tank 200 is elongated and the cavity 230 is curved, the width of the first baffle 261 is smaller than the width of the second baffle 262 .
  • the cover body 210 of the water tank 200 is recessed to form a handle 211, the top space of the cavity 230 is small, and the shape of the first baffle 261 is bent (not shown in the figure) to make way for the handle 211 Raised structures on the inner surface.
  • washing machine body 1 also includes:
  • the first pipe is used to communicate with the first air outlet 121 and the second air inlet 221;
  • the second pipe is used to communicate with the second air outlet 222 and the first air inlet 122 .
  • the first air outlet 121 and the second air inlet 221 are communicated through a sealed first duct
  • the second air outlet 222 and the first air inlet 122 are communicated through a sealed second duct, so as to prevent air from entering the laundry assembly 100 and the water tank 200.
  • overflow from between the first air outlet 121 and the second air inlet 221 or from the assembly between the second air outlet 222 and the first air inlet 122 resulting in the assembly gap between the laundry component 100 and the water tank 200. damp.
  • the first pipe and the second pipe are arranged on the laundry assembly 100.
  • the first pipe and the second pipe are respectively extended into the matching second pipes.
  • the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 are provided with sealing rings to respectively seal the assembly position of the first pipe and the second air inlet 221 and the assembly position of the second pipe and the second air outlet 222 .
  • the water tank 200 is provided with a third air outlet; part of the cooled air in the cavity 230 is discharged through the third air outlet, and part is discharged through the assembly of the cover body 210 and the box body 220 .
  • the washing machine body 1 generates a lot of hot and humid air during the drying process, the assembly gap between the box body 220 and the cover body 210 is not large, and the exhaust speed is low. If the air in the cavity 230 is not discharged in time, the cavity 230 will Excessive internal pressure can be dangerous.
  • the air inside the cavity 230 can be removed in time, on the one hand, the use safety of the washing machine body 1 is improved, and on the other hand, the air content in the cavity 230 is reduced, so as to prevent the hot and humid air from contacting the cooled air. This affects the condensation effect of the water tank 200 on the hot and humid air.
  • the water level in the cavity 230 is located below the assembly gap of the cover body 210 and the box body 220 to prevent the washing water from overflowing outside the washing machine body 1; the water level in the cavity 230 is also located at The second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 are below the second air outlet 222 to prevent the water in the water tank 200 from flowing into the inside of the washing machine body assembly 100 .
  • the washing machine body 1 further includes a support frame 160 for supporting its internal components;
  • the support frame 160 includes a frame body 161 and a door frame 162 fixed on the front of the frame body 161 ;
  • the water tank 200 is disposed in the support frame 160 or can be The disassembled is disposed on the side of the outer shell 120 covered by the support frame 160;
  • the frame body 161 supports the cylinder assembly of the washing machine body 1; specifically, the cylinder assembly is used to handle the laundry to be washed, and the cylinder assembly includes an inner cylinder 130, an outer cylinder 140, and a front cylinder 150, and the inner cylinder 130 is used to place the laundry to be washed , the outer cylinder 140, the front cylinder 150 and the outer wall of the inner cylinder 130 together form a temporary water storage space during the washing process of the washing machine body 1, so as to inject the washing water mixed with the washing medium or the clean water for rinsing into the inner cylinder 130;
  • the door frame 162 is provided with a gap 1621 to form the opening of the barrel assembly of the washing machine body 1; the door frame 162 is provided with a panel structure for fixing the door body of the washing machine body 1, and the outer casing of the frame body 161 and the panel structure are common
  • the outer surface of the washing machine body 1 is formed.
  • the door frame 162 is inclined from top to bottom in a direction away from the frame body, so that the notch 1621 faces the inner cylinder 130 directly.
  • the notches 1621 are inclined at the same angle, so that the user can put the laundry to be washed.
  • the notch 1621 is folded outward to form a snap portion 16211 , which is used to clamp one end of the door seal 170 of the laundry assembly 100 ; the other end of the door seal 170 is used to seal the outer cylinder 140 and the laundry assembly 100 Assembly of the front barrel 150.
  • the outer end of the door seal 170 ie the end away from the inner cylinder 130
  • the inner end of the door seal 170 ie the end close to the inner cylinder 130
  • the front of the washing machine body 1 is clamped at the front of the washing machine body 1 .
  • the barrel 150 seals the assembly gap between the front barrel 150 and the outer barrel 140 of the washing machine body 1 , so that the gap 1621 , the front barrel 150 and the outer barrel 140 together form a sealed space.
  • the installation structure of the door seal 170 is formed by the snap-fit portion 16211 and the front cylinder 150 together, and no additional fixing structure is required to install the door seal 170, so as to save the occupancy rate of the space inside the support frame 170 due to the installation of the door seal.
  • the door frame 162 is recessed to form a first concave portion 1622 ; the notch 1621 is provided on the first concave portion 1622 , so that after the latching portion 16211 latches on one end of the door seal 170 , the front surface of the door seal 170 It protrudes slightly beyond the door frame 162 .
  • the notch 1621 is arranged on the first concave portion 1622, and after the engaging portion 16211 of the notch 1621 is engaged with the outer end of the door seal 170, the door seal 170 will not protrude too much out of the door frame 162, so as not to affect the installation of the door body.
  • the overall visual effect can be avoided, and the closing of the door body on the door body can be avoided due to the excessive protrusion of the door seal 170 .
  • the door body of the washing machine body 1 is installed on the door frame 162 and the door body on the door body is closed, the concave door glass of the door body is pressed against the outer surface of the door seal 170 protruding from the door frame 162, and the door seal 170 is closed.
  • the door seal 170 is elastically deformed, so that a sealed space is formed between the door body, the door seal 170 , the front cylinder 150 and the outer cylinder 140 .
  • the door frame 162 has a plate-like structure to form a panel structure for fixing the door body, and the panel structure is provided with a fixing structure to install the door body.
  • the fixing structure is an installation hole (not shown in the figure), that is, a fourth installation hole is provided on the panel structure of the door frame 162, and the door body of the washing machine body 1 is realized with the door frame through the cooperation of the fastener and the fourth installation hole. 162 fixed.
  • the support frame 160 is a plastic part or a sheet metal part.
  • the support frame 160 can be integrally formed with light weight and low cost, or the support frame 160 can be formed by step-by-step injection molding.
  • the connection between the vertical bars and the horizontal bars of the frame body 161 can be connected by fasteners; it can also be integrally formed into connecting bars including horizontal bars and vertical bars, and the adjacent connecting bars It is then connected by fasteners; similarly, the connection between the frame body 161 and the door frame 162 can be connected by fasteners, which can be integrally formed into an integral structure of the door frame 162 and the two vertical bars.
  • the frame body 161 has a rectangular parallelepiped structure, including a first vertical rod 1611 and a second vertical rod 1612 on the front and a third vertical rod 1613 and a fourth vertical rod on the back.
  • the four vertical rods are all vertically arranged, the tops of the four vertical rods are sequentially connected by four horizontal rods, and the bottoms of the four vertical rods are sequentially connected by another four horizontal rods to form the frame body 161 .
  • the six surfaces of the frame body 161 all have supporting force, which improves the support strength of the support frame 160, and at the same time, the frame body 161 is small in size, and has sufficient supporting strength to support the inner cylinder assembly and the drive assembly.
  • the two vertical bars on the front side of the frame body 161 extend in a direction away from the frame body 161 to form two connecting portions for connecting two sides of the door frame 162 respectively.
  • the frame body 161 has a rectangular parallelepiped structure, and the two vertical bars on the front of the frame body 161 are both straight bars, namely the first vertical bar 1611 and the second vertical bar 1612 .
  • the first vertical rods 1611 and the second vertical rods 1612 respectively extend in a direction away from the frame body 161 to form the first connecting portions 16111 and the second connecting portions 16121 respectively.
  • the first connecting portion 16111 and the second connecting portion 16121 are respectively used for connecting two sides of the door frame 162 to fix the door frame 162 on the frame body 161 .
  • the opening of the door frame 162 communicates with the inlet of the inner cylinder 130 , and the outer end of the inner cylinder 130 protrudes out of the frame body 161 from the space between the first vertical rod 1611 and the second vertical rod 1612 to approach the gap 1621 . That is, the part of the outer end where the entrance of the inner cylinder 130 is located is located in the space formed by the joint clamping of the first connecting portion 16111 , the second connecting portion 16121 and the door frame 162 , so as to ensure that the support frame 160 satisfies the space for accommodating the inner cylinder 130 , It is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the frame body 161 .
  • the frame body 161 includes an integrally formed base 1615 to improve the supporting strength of the bottom of the frame body 161 .
  • the base 1615 includes a bottom plate 16151 and four vertical plates. The middle of the bottom plate 16151 is hollowed out. structure, and the base 1615 is fixed with the first vertical rod 1611, the second vertical rod 1612, the third vertical rod 1613, and the fourth vertical rod 1614. Through the arrangement of the base 1615, the supporting strength of the bottom of the frame body 161 is improved.
  • the connecting portion is disposed near the top of the frame body 161 .
  • the cylinder assembly of the washing machine body 1 is disposed near the top of the support frame 160 , and the space between the bottom of the cylinder assembly and the bottom of the support frame 160 is used to accommodate components such as water pipes and booms, so the connecting portion is close to the frame 161
  • the top end is provided so that the notch 1621 of the door frame 162 connected to the engaging portion can face the inlet of the inner barrel 130 .
  • the frame body 161 is taken as an example of a rectangular parallelepiped structure.
  • a connecting portion 16111 protrudes from the bottom support rod 16112 of the first vertical rod 1611 .
  • the structure of the second vertical rod 1612 is symmetrical with the structure of the first vertical rod 1611 , and the structure of the second vertical rod 1612 is not repeated here.
  • the entire front structure of the support frame 160 needs to be decorated.
  • the door can be used as the front panel.
  • the door has an irregular structure and is installed against the front of the support frame 160.
  • the bottom of the front of the 161 is provided with a mounting structure (such as a mounting hole) with the door.
  • the front decorative surface of the washing machine body 1 includes a door body and an auxiliary panel, the door body is used to decorate the door frame 162, the auxiliary panel is located under the door body, and the auxiliary panel is used to form a front decorative surface structure together with the door body, Abut against the front surface of the support frame 160 together.
  • the front decorative surface structure of the washing machine body 1 is an integral panel structure with a door body mounted thereon.
  • the connecting portion abuts on the back of the door frame 162 .
  • the back of the door frame 162 abuts on the connecting portion, which improves the supporting fastness of the two connecting portions to the door frame 162 .
  • the two connecting portions are integrally formed with the door frame 162 to form an integral structure.
  • the door frame 162 is respectively fixed to the two connecting parts by fasteners, and the back of the door frame 162 is abutted on the connecting parts, on the one hand, the supporting fastness of the two connecting parts to the door frame 162 is improved;
  • the door frame 162 shields the assembly gap between the door frame 162 and the connecting portion, so as to improve the front face uniformity of the support frame 160 and improve the front face appearance.
  • the connecting portion is bent to form an abutting portion for abutting the back of the door frame 162 .
  • the abutting part is in contact with the back of the door frame 162, which increases the contact area between the connecting part and the back of the door frame 162, thereby improving the supporting fastness of the connecting part to the door frame 162; 162 and the assembling part of the connecting part need to bear the gravity of the door frame 162 and the door body at the same time.
  • the frame body 161 has a cuboid structure, and the first connecting portion 16111 and the second connecting portion 16121 are respectively bent to form the first abutting portion 161111 and the second abutting portion 16111 .
  • the connecting portions 161211 are respectively abutted against the edges of the back surface of the door frame 162 close to the two sides.
  • the door frame 162 is fixed to the first abutting portion 161111 and the second abutting portion 161211 by fasteners, respectively, then the first abutting portion 161111, the second abutting portion 161211, the door frame
  • the corresponding parts of 162 are respectively provided with corresponding mounting holes for fixing by fasteners (such as bolts and nuts). , which facilitates the fixing of fasteners and reduces the difficulty of assembly.
  • the frame body 161 has a rectangular parallelepiped structure, and the first connecting portion 16111 and the second connecting portion 16121 are respectively bent to form the first abutting portion 161111 and the second abutting portion 161211 , so as to respectively abut against the edges of the back surface of the door frame 162 close to both sides.
  • the fourth installation hole of the door frame 162 is arranged at the position of the door frame 162 corresponding to the corresponding abutting part, and the thickness of the plate part of the supporting frame 160 used to support the door body panel is increased through the abutting door frame 162 and the corresponding abutting part of the frame body 161 . , to improve the installation firmness of the door panel.
  • the drying assembly 180 provided in the washing machine body 1 for performing drying is fixed on the support frame 160 of the washing machine body 1 .
  • the support frame 160 of the washing machine body 1 is used to support the shell structure of the washing machine body 1 and its internal components, and the drying assembly 180 is fixed on the support frame 160 instead of the traditional cylinder assembly fixed inside the washing machine body 1
  • the drying component 180 is reduced to occupy the interior space of the washing machine body 1 , which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body 1 .
  • the washing machine body 1 is provided with a plurality of suspension springs 400, one end of the suspension springs 400 is fixed on the support frame 160, and the other end is fixed on the outer cylinder 140, so as to reduce the bumps caused by transportation Causes shaking of the barrel assembly.
  • the washing machine body 1 further includes a plurality of transport bolts 600 for inserting from the housing 120 of the laundry assembly 100 to limit the outer cylinder; that is, when assembling the washing machine body 1, install a plurality of transport bolts 600, so that the outer cylinder is fixed relative to the outer casing 120.
  • the outer cylinder and the outer cylinder move synchronously, so that the outer cylinder and the inner cylinder 130 do not sway in the outer casing 120, so as to avoid bumping damage and reduce the risk of transportation.
  • the effect of bumps on the spring damping structure within the laundry assembly 100 in one embodiment, the spring damping structure is a plurality of suspension springs 400 .
  • the water tank 200 is detachably installed on one side of the laundry assembly 100, and the transport bolt 600 is disposed on a surface of the laundry assembly 100 facing the water tank 200; Removable installation on the side.
  • the outer casing 120 is provided with a first installation hole
  • the outer cylinder is provided with a corresponding second installation hole
  • the transport bolts pass through the first installation hole and the second installation hole in sequence to fix the outer casing 120 and the outer cylinder.
  • the water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100.
  • water is added to the water tank 200, so that the washing machine body 1 can be placed in any position according to the user's usage habits, with many application scenarios and convenient use.
  • the laundry assembly 100 and the water tank 200 are transported in a separated state.
  • the water tank 200 needs to be installed on the side of the laundry assembly 100.
  • the transport bolts 600 are arranged on the surface of the laundry assembly 100 facing the water tank 200, the transport bolts 600 need to be removed before installing the water tank 200, otherwise
  • the transport bolts 600 will affect the installation of the water tank 200, that is, the installation method of the detachable water tank 200 cooperates with the limitation of the installation position of the transport bolts 600 and the limitation of the setting of the transport bolts 600, so as to instruct the washing machine body 1 to be used after removing the transport bolts 600. foolproof effect.
  • the outer end of the transport bolt 600 is flush with the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100.
  • the transport bolt 600 on the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100 can be seen to remind the user of the existence of the transport bolt 600. Then, remove the transport bolt 600 in time.
  • the outer ends of the transport bolts 600 protrude from the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100 .
  • the end of the transport bolt 600 protruding from the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100 will interfere with the installation of the water tank 200, and the water tank 200 cannot be installed, so that the user must remove it.
  • the installation of the water tank 200 can only be realized by the transport bolts 600 .
  • the transport bolts 600 are inserted into the housing 120, the frame of the laundry assembly 100, and the corresponding mounting holes on the outer cylinder in sequence to achieve fixing.
  • the frame of the laundry assembly 100 is provided with a third installation hole, and after the transport bolts 600 pass through the first installation hole of the casing 120, the third installation hole of the frame, and the second installation hole of the outer cylinder in sequence, the casing 120, the frame , The outer cylinder is fixed.
  • the transport bolts 600 are fixed by the frame of the laundry assembly 100 to reduce the extrusion of the casing 120 by the transport bolts 600 under the gravity of the outer cylinder during transportation, and reduce the requirement of the washing machine body 1 on the structural strength of the casing 120 .
  • the number of shipping bolts 600 is at least three. At least three transport bolts 600 are used to fix at least two parts of the outer cylinder to form a stable fixing effect.
  • the washing machine body 1 is provided with a first detection device (not shown in the figure) to detect whether the water tank 200 is installed in place; the first detection device is electrically connected to the control board in the laundry assembly 100, when the first detection device is When a detection device detects that the water tank 200 is installed in place, the control panel issues an unlocking and washing program. The current installation position of the water tank 200 relative to the laundry assembly 100 is detected by the first detection device. If the water tank 200 is not installed properly, the control panel will issue an instruction that the washing machine body 1 cannot be operated, so as to prevent the overall imbalance of the washing machine body 1 when the water tank 200 is not installed properly. As a result, the operation of the washing machine body 1 may be dangerous to some extent.
  • the first detection device includes an electromagnetic sensor arranged in the laundry assembly 100 and a magnetic component arranged in the water tank 200; the electromagnetic sensor corresponds to the position of the magnetic component; Check whether the water tank 200 is installed in place. Specifically, when the water tank 200 is installed, as the distance between the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 decreases, the distance between the magnetic element on the water tank 200 and the electromagnetic sensor in the laundry assembly 100 decreases synchronously, and the magnetic field sensed by the electromagnetic sensor is more and more When the water tank 200 is installed in place, the position of the magnetic part relative to the electromagnetic sensor is the correct installation position. At this time, the magnetic field sensed by the electromagnetic sensor is the preset target value, and the information obtained by the control board is the induction of the electromagnetic sensor.
  • the instruction to unlock the washing program is issued to run the washing machine body 1.
  • the washing machine body 1 runs normally. Otherwise, when the information obtained by the control panel is that the magnetic field sensed by the electromagnetic sensor is not equal to the preset target value, the control panel sends an instruction that the washing machine body 1 cannot be run.
  • the washing machine body 1 cannot be started. , in order to prevent the overall unbalanced operation of the washing machine body 1 from being dangerous due to the improper installation of the water tank 200 , and to ensure the safety of the washing machine body 1 while the water tank 200 is convenient for water injection.
  • the number of the first detection devices is at least two; whether the water tank 200 is installed in place is detected by matching results of at least two assembly positions, so as to improve the assembly accuracy of the water tank 200 and reduce the assembly difficulty of the water tank 200 .
  • the water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100 shown, and the outer surface of the water tank 200 facing the laundry assembly 100 is provided with a buckle structure to fasten the magnetic element, so that the magnetic element can be easily installed.
  • the outer surface of the water tank 200 facing the laundry assembly 100 is concave to form a second concave portion, and the buckle structure is arranged in the second concave portion.
  • the direction of the magnetic component and the buckle structure The outer surface of the laundry assembly 100 is located in the second concave portion, so as not to prevent the installation of the magnetic member from hindering the assembly of the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 . Further, in one embodiment, after the water tank 200 is connected to the laundry assembly 100, the outer surface of the water tank 200 facing the laundry assembly 100 abuts against the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100, so as to improve the neatness and aesthetics of the shell of the laundry assembly 100 .
  • the electromagnetic sensor is disposed on the inner wall of the casing 120 of the laundry assembly 100 on the side close to the water tank 200 .
  • the electromagnetic sensor is hidden in the casing 120, and the installation is convenient. First, install the electromagnetic sensor on the inner wall of the casing 120 on one side close to the water tank 200 , and then install the casing 120 outside the frame of the washing machine body 1 .
  • the electromagnetic sensor is disposed close to the boss 123 .
  • the inner space of the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 is used to accommodate the necessary components for laundry such as the cylinder assembly, the mechanical drive assembly, and the pipeline.
  • the necessary components are compactly arranged in the space near the top of the shell 120; since the washing machine body 1 is a mini washing machine, the overall The size is small, the inner space of the casing 120 is small, and the free space near the top of the casing 120 is small.
  • the electromagnetic inductor is arranged close to the boss 123, that is, the electromagnetic inductor is arranged close to the bottom of the inner wall of the casing 120 toward the water tank 200 side, so as to avoid interfering with the cylinder assembly. , Mechanical drive components, installation of pipes.
  • the laundry assembly 100 is provided with an alarm, and a prompt is issued when the first detection device detects that the water tank 200 is not installed in place.
  • the user turns on the washing machine body 1, and the non-operation command issued by the control panel makes the washing machine body 1 not turn on.
  • the laundry is not cleaned for a long time. , which affects the user's clothing replacement.
  • the user is reminded that the water tank 200 is not installed in place, and the installation of the water tank 200 is adjusted in time, so as to treat the laundry in time.
  • the alarms include light alarms and/or sound alarms.
  • the alarm forms of the light alarm include but are not limited to flashing light alarm or always-on light alarm.
  • a light window is provided on the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100, and a light strip is correspondingly arranged in the light window to realize the light alarm mode.
  • Sound Alarm A horn can be provided on the casing 120 to realize a sound alarm mode.
  • the light alarm mode can be combined with the sound alarm mode to improve the warning intensity.
  • the laundry assembly 100 is provided with iron parts; the iron parts correspond to the positions of the magnetic parts to guide the installation of the water tank 200 .
  • the magnetic parts on the water tank 200 attract the iron parts on the laundry assembly 100 to assist the installation of the water tank 200 .
  • the magnetic part cooperates with the electromagnetic sensor to realize the installation and positioning of the water tank 200; the magnetic part cooperates with the iron part to assist the installation of the water tank 200, and then the water tank 200 is fixed with the laundry assembly 100 through the corresponding connection structure, so as to The assembly difficulty of the water tank 200 is reduced.
  • the present invention provides a door opening structure for a mini washing machine, as shown in FIGS. 21 to 24 , 26 and 28 , comprising a door opening assembly A300 for opening or closing the door A100 of the washing machine body 1 , and the door opening assembly A300 includes :
  • the connector A210 in the form of a shell, is disposed on the laundry component A200 of the washing machine body 1;
  • At least two connecting rods are rotatably connected to one side of the connecting member A210 to form a rotating structure of the door opening assembly A300, which is used to open the door body A100;
  • the connecting piece A210 is provided with an elastic piece A340, which is used to be stretched to generate a resilient force when the door body A100 is closed; the resilient piece A340 is connected to at least one link; when the door body A100 is unlocked, the resilient force drives the link to rotate to drive the The door body A100 opens and closes.
  • the elastic member A340 is in a stressed state under the closing force of the door body; when the closing force of the door body A100 is removed, the elastic member A340 rebounds, causing the connecting rod to rotate, thereby driving the door body A100 to turn over.
  • the elastic part has a simple structure, and realizes the automatic opening of the door body A100 by its own deformation ability.
  • the overall size of the washing machine body 1 is small, and is used to wash small-sized items such as underwear and socks. Therefore, the door body A100 is small in size and light in weight. Through the cooperation of the connecting rod and the elastic member A340, the door can be automatically opened.
  • the structure is simple and compact, and it is easy to assemble, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body 1.
  • the elastic member A340 includes a torsion spring, sleeved on at least one connecting rod.
  • One end of the torsion spring is fixed on the connecting piece A210, and the other end is fixed on the connecting rod.
  • the door body A100 is closed, and the door body A100 makes the torsion spring in a stressed state through the connecting rod; when the closing force of the door body A100 is removed, the tensile force exerted by the door body A100 on the torsion spring through the connecting rod is removed, and the torsion spring is reset, making the door body A100 turned on.
  • the door opening assembly A300 further includes a damping member A350 for relieving the elastic force of the elastic member A340 to prevent the elastic member from recovering too quickly and causing damage to the door body A100.
  • the number of connecting rods provided on one side of the connecting member A210 is two; the two connecting rods on the same side are longitudinally dislocated and sleeved with elastic members A340 and damping members A350 respectively. ;
  • the elastic member A340 and the damping member A350 are arranged in turn along the opening movement direction of the door body A100.
  • the elastic member A340 provides the force for automatic opening of the door A100, and the damping member A350 is used to buffer the resilience of the elastic member A340, so that the door A100 can be automatically opened slowly.
  • the elastic member A340 and the damping member A350 are arranged in turn along the opening movement direction of the door body A100, that is, the rotational connection between the connecting rod and the connecting member A210 on which the elastic member A340 is sleeved is closer to the center of gravity of the door body A100, and the connecting rod rotates to drive the door body
  • the force required for the A100 to flip is relatively small, and the elastic member A340 is sleeved on the connecting rod, which reduces the requirement for the resilience of the elastic member A340.
  • the other ends of the two connecting rods are respectively connected to two different hinge points on one side of the door body A100 by rotation to form a secondary connecting rod structure. That is, one end of the two connecting rods are respectively connected to two different hinge points on the door shell A220 of the washing machine body 1, and the other end is respectively connected to two different hinge points on one side of the door body A100; the external force drives the door body A100 to open. , the door body A100 rotates around the door shell under the traction of the two links. At least two connecting rods form a connecting rod structure, which cooperates with the door body A100 to form a multi-link transmission mechanism.
  • the connecting rod structure is rotated through the multi-link transmission mechanism, and the rotation of the connecting rod structure drives the door body A100 to realize flipping Opening and closing.
  • the multi-link transmission mechanism has stable transmission and simple structure, and the motion trajectory can be designed according to requirements.
  • the elastic member A340 causes the two connecting rods to rotate relative to the laundry assembly A200 under the resilience of the elastic member A340, which drives the door body A100 to turn over.
  • the elastic member A340 is reset, the door body A100 is opened, and the user can also manually flip the door body A100 as required, and the door body A100 can be rotated relative to the link structure to further open the storage opening of the laundry assembly A200.
  • the door opening assembly A300 includes a secondary link structure, that is, a first link structure.
  • the first link structure includes a first link A311 and a second link A321.
  • the first link A311 and the second link A321 are respectively rotatably connected to the connecting member A210; the first link A311 and the second link A321 are separately connected.
  • One end is rotatably connected to the same side of the door body A100; the first link A311, the second link A321, and the door body A100 constitute a three-link transmission mechanism; driven by external force, the door body A100 is turned over and opened through the three-link transmission mechanism. combine.
  • the first link A311 and/or the second link A321 can be a straight rod, a curved rod, or a bent rod.
  • the first link structure and the second link are designed according to the requirements of the door body A100 flipping motion trajectory. The shape and size of the structure.
  • the number of connecting rods of the first connecting rod structure is more than two, forming a multi-link transmission mechanism to stabilize the supporting effect on the door body A100.
  • the number of connecting rod structures is preferably two, which is convenient for assembly and saves the space occupied, and facilitates the design of the transmission cooperation between the two connecting rod structures.
  • the number of link structures is two pairs, which are respectively used to rotate and connect to the hinge points on both sides of the inner surface of the door body A100.
  • the connecting rod structure includes a first connecting rod structure and a second connecting rod structure, and the connecting rod structure includes two connecting rods as an example for detailed description, as shown in FIG. 22 , FIG. 23 , FIG. 24 , FIG. 26 and FIG. 29 .
  • the first link structure includes a first link A311 and a second link A321
  • the second link structure includes a third link A312 and a fourth link A322; the first link A311 and the second link A321 are connected At two different hinge points on one side of the door body A100, the third link A312 and the fourth link A322 are connected to two different hinge points on the other side of the door body A100.
  • the two link structures are symmetrically arranged relative to the door body A100.
  • the first link structure and the second link structure are symmetrically arranged.
  • the first link A311 and the third link A312 are symmetrically arranged, and the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 are arranged symmetrically, so as to facilitate the design of the first link structure, the second link structure, the size, shape and motion trajectory. Convenient.
  • first connecting rod A311 and the third connecting rod A312 are opposite to each other, and are respectively connected to the connecting member A210 in rotation;
  • the first connecting rod A311, the connecting piece A210 and the third connecting rod A312 together form a U-shaped structure
  • the second connecting rod A321, the connecting piece A210 and the fourth connecting rod A322 together form a U-shaped structure, which is convenient for the design and assembly of the connecting rod structure.
  • the inner surface of the door body A100 is a curved surface
  • the connecting rod is curved and extends along the side edge contour of the inner surface of the door body A100.
  • the first link A311 and the third link A312 are opposite to each other and both are curved, and the movement trajectories of the first link A311 and the third link A312 are relatively symmetrical.
  • the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 are opposite to each other and both are curved, and the movement trajectories of the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 are relatively symmetrical.
  • the first link A311, the door body 100, and the second link A321 form a three-link transmission mechanism on the side of the door body A100.
  • the third link A312, the door body A100, and the fourth link A322 The three-link transmission mechanism on the other side of the door body A100 is formed, so that the door body A100 can be turned over smoothly.
  • the first link A311 and the third link A312 form a U-shaped structure relatively; the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 relatively form a U-shaped structure.
  • the connecting member A210 is disposed on the door shell A220 of the laundry assembly A200 to facilitate the assembly of the connecting member A210.
  • one end of the connecting rod of the connecting rod structure is rotatably connected to a fixing member A110 disposed in the door body A100, and the connecting rod is rotatably connected to the door body A100 through the fixing member A110.
  • the door opening assembly A300 including the first link structure and the second link structure as an example, it will be explained in detail.
  • the door body A100 is provided with two fixing parts A110.
  • One ends of the connecting rod A311 and the third connecting rod A312 are respectively rotatably connected to the fixing member A110 on the inner side of the door body A100; on the fixing part A110.
  • first link A311 and the second link A321 are rotatably connected to the same fixing member A110, and the third link A312 and the fourth link A322 are rotatably connected to the same fixing member A110, so that the first link structure,
  • the second link structure can rotate relative to the door body A100.
  • the fixing member A110 Through the setting of the fixing member A110, the corresponding connection structure is provided on the door body A100 watch case structure, so as to avoid the door body A100 watch case caused by the rotational connection relationship between the door body A100 and the first link structure and the second link structure.
  • the complexity of the structure results in an increase in the processing cost of the door body A100.
  • the connecting rod structure is rotatably connected near the top of the laundry assembly A200, so that the door body A100 is turned upward to open.
  • the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure are both rotatably connected near the top of the laundry assembly A200, so that the door body A100 is turned upside down and opened, so that the The left and right space occupied by the washing machine body 1 when the door body A100 is opened can be saved.
  • the connecting member A210 is disposed near the top of the laundry assembly A200.
  • the connecting member A210 is disposed near the top of the laundry assembly A200, so that the door body A100 is turned upward and opened.
  • the drum type washing machine is placed on the ground or countertop (when the drum type washing machine is miniaturized), there is an empty space above the drum type washing machine for the door body A100 to be turned upward to open.
  • one end of the connecting rod structure is fixed near the middle and upper part of the door body A100.
  • first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure are fixed close to the middle and upper part of the door body A100 to control the first connecting rod structure, the second connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure.
  • the size of the connecting rod corresponding to the second connecting rod structure further controls the distance between the door body A100 and the laundry assembly A200 during the turning process of the door body A100, that is, the door body A100 can be turned over smoothly, and the turning process of the door body A100 is shortened.
  • the distance between the middle and the laundry assembly A200 is to save the space occupied by the washing machine body 1 when the door body A100 is turned over.
  • one link is located outside the other link; the hinge points at both ends of the link located on the outer side are located above and close to the door shell A220, so that the two links can rotate without interference.
  • the first link structure is taken as an example for detailed description.
  • the second link structure is symmetrically arranged with the first link structure, and the arrangement of the second link structure will not be repeated.
  • the first connecting rod structure includes a first connecting rod A311 and a second connecting rod A321, which have a simple structure, firm support, and save the space occupied by the first connecting rod structure; the first connecting rod A311 and the second connecting rod A321 are arranged close to each other to The space occupied by the first link structure is saved; the second link A321 is located outside the first link A311.
  • the first hinge point and the second hinge point at both ends of the second link A321 correspond to the door shell A220 and the door body A100 respectively
  • the third hinge point and the fourth hinge point at both ends of the first link A311 correspond to the door shell A220, Door body A100.
  • the first hinge point is located above the third hinge point and the first hinge point is located close to the door shell A220
  • the second hinge point is located above the fourth hinge point and the second hinge point is located close to the door shell A220, so that the first link A311,
  • the second link A321 rotates without interference, that is, the first link A311 and the second link A321 arranged close to each other do not interfere with each other during the rotation.
  • the maximum rotation angle of the connecting rod structure relative to the laundry assembly A200 is greater than or equal to 90°, so that the door body A100 can fully open the opening of the laundry assembly A200 after the door body A100 is opened, so that the user can take and place clothes.
  • the maximum rotation angle of the first link structure and the second link structure relative to the laundry assembly A200 is greater than or equal to 90°.
  • the maximum rotation angle of the first link structure and the second link structure relative to the laundry assembly A200 is 120° for illustration, and the door body A100 is turned upward to the maximum rotation of the first link structure and the second link structure.
  • the rotational connection between the first link structure, the second link structure and the laundry assembly A200 forms a dead point structure, that is, the first link structure and the second link structure cannot continue to rotate relative to the laundry assembly A200.
  • the user flips the door body A100 to the maximum rotation angle between the first link structure, the second link structure and the door body A100, the user removes the force on the door body A100, and the door body A100 and the first link structure, the third link structure and the door body A100 are removed.
  • the rotating joint of the two-link structure also forms a dead point structure, that is, the door body A100 can also remain stationary under its gravity, so that the user can take and place the clothes.
  • the maximum rotation angle of the link structure relative to the door body A100 is less than or equal to 120°, so as to fully open the opening of the laundry assembly A200. Taking only the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure as an example, the maximum rotation angle of the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure relative to the door body A100 is both less than or equal to 120°.
  • the number of elastic members A340 is two to increase the resilience; the number of damping members A350 provided on the door opening assembly A300 is two to buffer the resilience of the two elastic members A340.
  • the connecting rod structure includes a first connecting rod structure and a second connecting rod structure; the first connecting rod structure includes a first connecting rod A311 and a second connecting rod A321, which are used to form a two-link structure that is rotatably connected on one side of the connecting piece A210 ;
  • the second link structure includes a third link A312 and a fourth link A322, which are used to form a two-link structure that is rotatably connected on the other side of the connecting member A210.
  • the first link A311 and the third link A312 are arranged symmetrically, and the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 are arranged symmetrically.
  • the first link A311 and the third link A312 are located below the second link A321 and the fourth link A322, respectively.
  • the elastic member A340 is a torsion spring, the two elastic members A340 are respectively sleeved on the connecting rods of the first connecting rod A311 and the third connecting rod A312, and the two damping members A350 are respectively sleeved on the second connecting rod A321 and the fourth connecting rod A322 superior.
  • the rotating shaft used for the connecting rod to be rotatably connected with the connecting member A210 is arranged in the connecting member A210.
  • the connecting member A210 is provided with a first cavity, and the connecting rods of the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure are respectively fixed in the first cavity through a fixing piece A360; That is, the first torsion spring A341 and the second torsion spring A342, one end of the first torsion spring A341 and the second torsion spring A342 are fixed on the fixing plate A360; the other end of the first torsion spring A341 is connected to the first connecting rod A311, the second The other end of the torsion spring A342 is connected to the third link A312.
  • a damping member A350 is respectively sleeved outside the second connecting rod A321 connecting rod and the fourth connecting rod A322 connecting rod.
  • the door body A100 is turned over and opened by the reset of the first torsion spring A341 and the second torsion spring A342, and the movement speed of the multi-link transmission mechanism is buffered by the two damping members A350, so that the door body A100 is slowly turned over and opened, protecting the door body A100 at the same time Give users a sense of technology.
  • the door opening assembly A300 includes a locking structure A330 for locking the door body A100 in a closed state; the locking structure A330 includes:
  • the locking mechanism A330 includes:
  • the locking piece A331 is arranged on the door body A100;
  • the lock (not shown in the figure) is arranged on the inner side of the door shell A220 of the laundry assembly A200;
  • the locking piece A331 is provided with a locking groove A3311 to cooperate with the lock to achieve locking.
  • the elastic member A340 is in a stressed state under the action of the locking structure A330.
  • the force on the elastic member A340 is withdrawn, and the elastic member A340 rebounds, so that the rotating structure rotates and finally opens.
  • Door body A100 is provided with a locking groove A3311 to cooperate with the lock to achieve locking.
  • the locking structure A330 is disposed away from the connecting member A210.
  • the rotating structure includes at least two link structures, one end of the link structure is fixed near the middle and upper part of the door body A100, and the locking structure A330 is arranged near the bottom of the washing machine body 1, that is, the locking piece A331 is arranged near the bottom of the door body A100 , the lock is set near the bottom of the door body A220.
  • the locking piece A331 is disposed on a surface of the first fixing frame A140 of the door body A100 facing away from the laundry assembly A200, and the locking piece A331 passes through the second fixing frame of the door body A100
  • the first through groove A151 on the A150 protrudes from the back of the door body A100.
  • the locking piece A331 protrudes from the second through groove A222 of the door shell A220 of the door body to cooperate with the lock. , to achieve locking.
  • the washing machine body 1 further includes a switch (not shown in the figure) for unlocking the locking structure A330.
  • the switch is a button. When the switch is pressed once, the locking piece A331 is released from the buckle of the lock, and the locking piece A331 is disengaged from the second through groove A222 of the door shell A220. Under the reset action of the elastic member A340, the door body A100 is turned over. Open.
  • the present invention provides a mini washing machine, as shown in FIG. 21 to FIG. 30 , including a washing machine body 1, and the washing machine body 1 includes:
  • the laundry assembly A200 is used to process small pieces of clothing; specifically, the laundry assembly A100 includes a box, a frame for supporting the box and internal components, a cylinder assembly fixed to the frame, a cylinder rotating drive assembly, and various pipes; wherein , the cylinder assembly includes an inner cylinder, an outer cylinder and a front cylinder; the inner cylinder is used to hold clothes; the front cylinder is arranged at the front end of the outer cylinder, and a space is left between the inner wall of the outer cylinder and the outer wall of the inner cylinder to store water;
  • the door body A100 is used to open or close the storage opening of the laundry assembly; specifically, the door body A100 is provided with a door glass A120 that protrudes toward the laundry assembly A200, extends into the door seal of the laundry assembly A200, and abuts against the door sealing, sealing the opening of the laundry assembly to form a sealed washing space of the cylinder assembly;
  • the elastic member A340 rebounds to drive the two connecting rods to rotate to realize the opening and closing of the door body A100.
  • the door shell A220 of the washing machine body 1 is provided with a connecting member A210 for rotating and connecting the rotating structure;
  • the connecting member A210 is a shell structure for accommodating the elastic member A340.
  • the connector A210 is provided with a first cavity and a second cavity.
  • the first cavity is respectively connected to the connecting rods of the first connecting rod A311 and the third connecting rod A312 through two fixing pieces A360, and a torsion spring (elastic member A340) is sleeved on one connecting rod.
  • Two damping members A350 are fixed in the second cavity, and the two damping members A350 are respectively sleeved on the second connecting rod A321 and the fourth connecting rod A322 to reduce the rotation speed of the rotating structure.
  • the connecting member A210 includes a first connecting seat A211 and a second connecting seat A212.
  • the first connecting seat A211 and the second connecting seat A212 are jointly clamped to form a first cavity and a second cavity, so as to facilitate the connection of the shaft and the elastic Installation of parts A340 and damping parts A350.
  • the back of the door body A100 and the front surface of the door shell A220 of the laundry assembly A200 are clamped together to form a cavity A500, and the two connecting rods are arranged to shrink when the door body A100 is closed. in cavity A500.
  • the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure are both set so that when the door body A100 is closed, it shrinks into the cavity A500, so that the Due to the retraction of the connecting rod structure.
  • the back of the door body A100 is provided with a first concave portion A160, and the inner wall of the first concave portion A160 and the front surface of the door shell A220 together form a cavity A500.
  • the front surface of the door shell A220 is provided with a second recessed portion A221, and the first recessed portion A160 is opposite to the second recessed portion A221 to form a cavity A500.
  • the first link structure and the second link structure are retracted into the cavity A500, so that the door body A100 can be closed.
  • the second concave portion A221 is provided with a mounting groove, and the connecting member A210 provided in the laundry assembly A200 is mounted on the mounting groove at the second concave portion A221; the first connecting rod A311, the third connecting The rod A312 relatively forms a U-shaped structure and the second connecting rod A321 and the fourth connecting rod A322 relatively form a U-shaped structure which shrinks in the cavity A500 formed by the inner surface of the door body A100 and the outer surface of the door shell A120.
  • the door opening assembly A300 has a simple structure.
  • the door body A100 can be stably turned over and closed, and the multi-link transmission can be controlled by controlling the multi-link transmission mechanism.
  • the movement track of the mechanism controls the overall space occupied by the washing machine body 1 during the turning process of the door body A100, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body 1, and the door opening assembly A300 is simple in structure and easy to assemble.
  • the door body A100 includes:
  • the cover body A130 is used to form the outer surface of the door body A100; the outer surface can be flat, curved, or special-shaped surface, which is determined according to the customer's design requirements;
  • the first fixing frame A140 and the second fixing frame A150 jointly hold the door glass A120 of the door body A100; the convex portion A121 of the door glass A120 passes through the second fixing frame A150 and then extends into the opening of the laundry assembly A200, so as to Sealed Laundry Assembly A200;
  • the fixing member A110 is used to rotate the connecting rod, and is disposed between the cover body A130 and the second fixing frame A150.
  • the outer contour of the door glass A120 facing the cover body A130 extends toward the peripheral side to form an abutting portion A122 , and the abutting portion A122 abuts against the front surface of the notch A152 of the second fixing frame A150
  • the convex portion A121 of the door glass A120 is snapped into the notch A152 of the second fixing frame A150 to form the back surface structure of the door body A100
  • the first fixing frame A140 is used to fix the internal components of the door body A100 (such as the control panel). , display device, loudspeaker, audio), through the second fixing frame A150 to improve the aesthetics of the back of the door body A100.
  • connection between the door body A100 and the rotating structure is realized by the fixing member A110, so as to enhance the assembly firmness of the door body A100 and the rotating structure.
  • the number of the fixing members A110 is two, which are respectively connected to two ends of the first link structure and the second link structure.
  • the fixing member A110 includes a first fixing seat A111 and a second fixing seat A112.
  • the first fixing seat A111 and the second fixing seat A112 are detachably connected and clamped together to form a rotating connecting rod. Clamping cavity for the rotating shaft.
  • the fixing member A110 is formed by detachably connecting the first fixing base A111 and the second fixing base A112, so as to facilitate the assembly of the fixing member A110 with the first link structure and the second link structure.
  • the fixing member A110 is fixed to the side of the first fixing frame A140 facing the cover body A130. Since the cover body A130 and the second fixing frame A150 respectively form the front and back surface structures of the door body A100, in order to facilitate the diversified design of the surface structures of the cover body A130 and the second fixing frame A150, the structure of the cover body A130 and the second fixing frame A150 is Simple and relatively weak in structure, the fixing member A110 is fixed to the first fixing frame A140 with a certain strength, so as to stabilize the connection between the door body A100 and the rotating structure.
  • the first fixing frame A140 is provided with an installation column A141, and the fixing member A110 and the first fixing frame A140 are assembled by means of fasteners, and the assembly is convenient.
  • first fixing frame A140 facing away from the door glass A120 is concave to form a third concave portion A142
  • the fixing member A110 is located in the cavity formed by the cover body A130 and the third concave portion A142 to prevent the fixing member A110 from being installed. It protrudes from the front surface of the first fixing frame A140 and hinders the installation of the cover body A130.
  • the first fixing frame A140 and the second fixing frame A150 are both concave structures, two first through holes A144 are respectively provided on both sides of the first fixing frame A140, and two sides of the second fixing frame A150 are respectively provided with two first through holes A144. Two second through holes A154 are respectively provided.
  • the rotating shaft of the first connecting rod A311 passes through the second through hole A154 and the first through hole A144 in sequence and is rotatably connected to the fixing member A110.
  • the assembly of the third connecting rod A312 , the second connecting rod A321 , the fourth connecting rod A322 and the fixing member A110 is the same as that of the first connecting rod A311 , and will not be repeated here.
  • the first fixing frame A140 is fixed on the second fixing frame A150 from the front of the first fixing frame A140 through fasteners, and the door glass A120 is fixed by the first fixing frame A140
  • the contact portion A122 of the second fixing frame A150 is pressed against the front profile of the notch A152 of the second fixing frame A150.
  • the cover body A130 is provided with a plurality of snap grooves A131, and the first fixing frame A140 is provided with a number of snaps A143, so that the cover body A130 is buckled with the first fixing frame A140, and finally the assembly of the door body A100 is completed.
  • a plurality of card slots A131 are evenly disposed on the outer peripheral side of the cover body A130, so that the cover body A130 is firmly fixed to the first fixing frame A140.
  • a groove A153 is concavely formed on the back of the door body A100 corresponding to the position of the connector A210. When the door body A100 is closed, the groove A153 is used to partially accommodate the outer side of the connector A210. contour.
  • the laundry assembly A200 includes a door housing A220, which is rotatably connected to the rotating structure through the door housing A220. Further, as shown in FIG. 28 , the outer peripheral side of the door shell A220 is extended away from the door body A100 to form a protruding structure provided with a second card slot A223. The second buckles are engaged with each other, so as to realize the quick assembly of the door shell A220.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Main Body Construction Of Washing Machines And Laundry Dryers (AREA)
  • Centrifugal Separators (AREA)

Abstract

A mini washing machine, comprising a washing machine body (1). The washing machine body (1) comprises a laundry assembly (100) and a water tank (200). The laundry assembly (100) comprises a door body (110) and a housing (120). The door body (110) and the housing (120) together form a sealed space for accommodating an inner drum (130) and an outer drum (140). An opening of the inner drum (130) is tilted upwardly for accommodating laundry. Outer walls of the outer drum (140) and the inner drum (130) together form a water flow channel through which water flows. The water tank (200) is used for storing water and supplying water to the laundry assembly (100). When being closed, the door body (110) is locked on the housing (120) by means of a locking structure. The laundry assembly (100) is provided with the outer drum (140) for implementation of dewatering. The water tank (200) can be filled with water artificially or from an external water pipe, such that the washing machine can be placed at any position according to a use habit of a user and is applicable to a variety of scenes. The door body (110) can be locked on the housing (120) of the laundry assembly (100) by means of the locking structure to protect a child from touching the rotating inner drum (130) when the washing machine body (1) is running, thereby improving the safety of use. By optimizing the structure, the functions are enriched while a miniaturized design is ensured.

Description

一种迷你洗衣机a mini washing machine 技术领域technical field
本发明涉及家电技术领域,尤其涉及一种迷你洗衣机。The present invention relates to the technical field of home appliances, in particular to a mini washing machine.
背景技术Background technique
洗衣机作为人类清洗设备,在人们生活起居中必不可少,洗衣机功能也越来越丰富化,包括烘干功能。对于内衣物,通常会单独清洗,若采用常规的洗衣机,则费水,且衣物需要达到最低重量才能脱水干净;若手洗,则费时费力。目前市场上也出现了迷你洗衣机,如何保证洗衣机整体尺寸小型化的同时丰富洗衣机功能,是本领域需解决的技术问题之一。As human cleaning equipment, washing machines are indispensable in people's daily life, and the functions of washing machines are becoming more and more abundant, including drying functions. For inner clothing, it is usually washed separately. If a conventional washing machine is used, it will cost water, and the clothing needs to reach a minimum weight to be dehydrated and clean; if it is hand-washed, it will be time-consuming and laborious. At present, mini washing machines have also appeared on the market. How to ensure the miniaturization of the overall size of the washing machine while enriching the functions of the washing machine is one of the technical problems to be solved in this field.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
为了克服现有技术的不足,本发明提供一种迷你洗衣机,具有脱水功能,可根据用户使用习惯放置在任意位置,应用场景广且使用安全性高。In order to overcome the deficiencies of the prior art, the present invention provides a mini washing machine, which has a dehydration function, can be placed at any position according to the user's usage habits, has wide application scenarios and is highly safe to use.
为了实现以上目的,本发明通过以下技术方案实现。In order to achieve the above objects, the present invention is achieved through the following technical solutions.
本发明提供一种迷你洗衣机,包括洗衣机本体,所述洗衣机本体包括洗衣组件、水箱;其中,The present invention provides a mini washing machine, including a washing machine body, and the washing machine body includes a washing component and a water tank; wherein,
所述洗衣组件包括门体、外壳;所述门体与所述外壳共同形成用以容纳内筒与外筒的密封空间;The laundry assembly includes a door body and an outer casing; the door body and the outer casing together form a sealed space for accommodating the inner cylinder and the outer cylinder;
所述内筒开口朝上倾斜设置,用以容纳待洗涤衣物;外筒与所述内筒外壁共同形成供水通过的水流通道;The opening of the inner cylinder is inclined upward to accommodate the clothes to be washed; the outer cylinder and the outer wall of the inner cylinder together form a water flow channel through which the water supply passes;
所述水箱用以储水并向所述洗衣组件供水;the water tank is used for storing and supplying water to the laundry assembly;
所述门体关闭时,通过锁定结构锁于所述外壳上。When the door body is closed, it is locked on the casing through the locking structure.
优选地,所述门体通过开门结构滑动连接或转动连接于所述外壳。Preferably, the door body is slidably or rotatably connected to the housing through a door opening structure.
优选地,还包括开门组件,用以打开或闭合洗衣机本体的门体;其中,所述开门组件包括:Preferably, a door assembly is also included to open or close the door of the washing machine body; wherein, the door assembly includes:
连接件,呈壳体结构,设置于所述洗衣机本体的洗衣组件上;the connecting piece, in the form of a shell structure, is arranged on the laundry component of the washing machine body;
至少两连杆,转动连接于所述连接件一侧,用以开启所述门体;At least two connecting rods are rotatably connected to one side of the connecting piece for opening the door body;
所述连接件内设有弹性件,用以当所述门体闭合时被拉伸产生回弹力;所述弹性件连接于至少一所述连杆;当门体解锁时,回弹力驱使所述连杆转动而带动所述门体开合。The connecting piece is provided with an elastic piece, which is used to be stretched to generate a resilient force when the door body is closed; the resilient piece is connected to at least one of the connecting rods; when the door body is unlocked, the resilient force drives the The connecting rod rotates to drive the door body to open and close.
优选地,所述弹性件包括扭簧,套设于至少一所述连杆上。Preferably, the elastic member includes a torsion spring sleeved on at least one of the connecting rods.
优选地,所述开门组件还包括阻尼件,用以缓解所述弹性件的回弹力。Preferably, the door opening assembly further includes a damping member to relieve the resilience of the elastic member.
优选地,还包括用以支撑洗衣机本体内部部件的框架本体,所述框架本体包括框体、固定于所述框体正面的门框;其中,Preferably, it also includes a frame body for supporting the internal parts of the washing machine body, the frame body includes a frame body and a door frame fixed on the front of the frame body; wherein,
所述框体支撑洗衣机本体的筒体组件;the frame supports the cylinder assembly of the washing machine body;
所述门框设有开口,用以形成洗衣机本体的筒体组件的置物敞口;所述门框设有固定洗衣机本体的门体的面板结构,所述框体外包覆的壳体与所述面板结构共同形成洗衣机本体的外饰面The door frame is provided with an opening, which is used to form an opening for the storage of the barrel assembly of the washing machine body; the door frame is provided with a panel structure for fixing the door body of the washing machine body, and the casing covered by the frame body and the panel structure are Together to form the outer surface of the washing machine body
优选地,所述水箱设置于所述框架本体内或可拆卸的置于所述外壳一侧。Preferably, the water tank is arranged in the frame body or detachably arranged on one side of the casing.
优选地,所述洗衣组件与所述水箱可拆卸连接;所述水箱的容量为2~10L。Preferably, the laundry assembly is detachably connected to the water tank; the water tank has a capacity of 2-10L.
优选地,所述洗衣机本体还包括若干运输螺栓,用以从所述外壳插入以限位外筒;所述运输螺栓设置于所述洗衣组件朝向所述水箱的一表面上;安装所述水箱时,拆下所述运输螺栓以让位所述水箱。Preferably, the washing machine body further comprises a plurality of transport bolts for inserting from the outer casing to limit the outer cylinder; the transport bolts are arranged on a surface of the laundry assembly facing the water tank; when installing the water tank , remove the shipping bolts to make way for the water tank.
优选地,所述运输螺栓依次伸入所述外壳、所述洗衣组件的框架、外筒上相应安装孔后以实现固定。Preferably, the transport bolts are inserted into the casing, the frame of the laundry assembly, and the corresponding mounting holes on the outer cylinder in sequence to achieve fixing.
相比现有技术,本发明的有益效果在于:Compared with the prior art, the beneficial effects of the present invention are:
本发明提供的一种迷你洗衣机,洗衣机本体包括洗衣组件、水箱,洗衣组件设置了外筒,以实现脱水功能;水箱可人为或外源水路注水,可根据用户使用习惯放置在任意位置,应用场景广;门体通过锁定结构可锁于洗衣组件的外壳上,以防护儿童在洗衣机本体运行时触碰转动的内筒,提高使用安全性。The invention provides a mini washing machine. The washing machine body includes a laundry component and a water tank. The laundry component is provided with an outer tub to realize the dehydration function; Wide; the door body can be locked on the shell of the laundry assembly through the locking structure, so as to prevent children from touching the rotating inner cylinder when the washing machine body is running, and improve the safety of use.
在一优选方案中,锁定结构包括相匹配的第一电磁锁与磁性件;在又一实施例中,当门体转动连接于外壳时,锁定结构还可以包括第二电磁铁、插销配套形成的第二电磁锁;两种锁定结构均具有尺寸小、占用空间小的优点,有利于洗衣机本体的小型化设计。In a preferred solution, the locking structure includes a matching first electromagnetic lock and a magnetic component; in another embodiment, when the door body is rotatably connected to the housing, the locking structure may also include a second electromagnet, a latch formed by matching the latch. The second electromagnetic lock; both of the two locking structures have the advantages of small size and small footprint, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body.
在一优选方案中,水箱与洗衣组件可拆卸连接,水箱可自洗衣组件上拆卸下进行加水,洗衣机本体不会收到应用场地有无设置水路的限制,搬运水箱相对搬运洗衣机本体容易,注水便利。In a preferred solution, the water tank is detachably connected to the laundry assembly, the water tank can be detached from the laundry assembly to add water, and the washing machine body will not be restricted by whether the application site has a water circuit. It is easier to carry the water tank than to carry the washing machine body, and water injection is convenient. .
在一优选方案中,水箱底部抵靠于洗衣组件的外壳底部延伸形成的凸台上,形成洗衣组件的配重模块,无需在洗衣组件的外壳内再额外设置配重块,有利于洗衣组件小型化设计。In a preferred solution, the bottom of the water tank abuts on a boss formed by extending the bottom of the shell of the laundry assembly to form a counterweight module of the laundry assembly, and there is no need to provide additional weights in the shell of the laundry assembly, which is beneficial to the small size of the laundry assembly. design.
在一优选方案中,通过在直排风道内设置湿度传感器进行判干,满足洗衣机本体整体尺寸小型化设计的要求的同时实现自动判干并停止烘干的功能。In a preferred solution, a humidity sensor is arranged in the straight exhaust air duct to determine the drying, which meets the requirements of the miniaturized design of the overall size of the washing machine body, and simultaneously realizes the function of automatically determining and stopping drying.
在一优选方案中,洗衣机本体烘干过程中,内筒内的湿热空气通入水箱中,接触水箱内壁而冷却和/或与空腔冷空气交换热能和/或与空腔内洗涤水交换热能,部分湿热空气冷却形成冷凝水汇入洗涤水中,部分湿热空气经初步降温后排出洗衣机本体外,降低排出的空气对周围环境内空气的湿度及温度的影响,提高用户体验感,并降低洗衣机本体外壁挂珠的概率,降低排出的空气对其寿命的影响。通过水箱对烘干过程中洗衣组件排出的湿热空气进行冷却,降低洗衣机本体排出的空气的湿度和温度,替代传统设置冷凝器的技术,节省洗衣组件内部空间,有利于洗衣机本体的小型化设计。In a preferred solution, during the drying process of the washing machine body, the hot and humid air in the inner drum passes into the water tank, contacts the inner wall of the water tank to cool down and/or exchanges heat energy with the cold air in the cavity and/or exchanges heat energy with the washing water in the cavity. , part of the humid and hot air is cooled to form condensed water into the washing water, and part of the humid and hot air is discharged from the washing machine body after preliminary cooling, reducing the impact of the discharged air on the humidity and temperature of the air in the surrounding environment, improving the user experience and reducing the washing machine body. The probability of beads hanging on the outer wall reduces the impact of the exhausted air on its life. The humid and hot air discharged from the laundry component during the drying process is cooled by the water tank, which reduces the humidity and temperature of the air discharged from the washing machine body, replaces the traditional technology of setting a condenser, saves the internal space of the laundry component, and is conducive to the miniaturization design of the washing machine body.
在一优选方案中,洗衣机本体设有用以支撑内部部件的支撑框架,支撑框架包括相固定的框体和门框,框体用以为洗衣机本体的内部部件提供支撑力,门框用以固定洗衣机本体的门体,并设置开口以形成投放洗涤衣物的通道。由于门体具有一定的重量,门框的设置,无需在框体内设置额外的固定件来安装外壳的门体,即可牢固安装具有一定重量的门体,有利于洗衣机本体的小型化设计。In a preferred solution, the washing machine body is provided with a support frame for supporting the internal components, the support frame includes a fixed frame body and a door frame, the frame body is used to provide support for the internal components of the washing machine body, and the door frame is used to fix the door of the washing machine body. body, and an opening is provided to form a channel for throwing laundry. Since the door body has a certain weight, the door frame can be firmly installed without additional fixing parts in the frame to install the door body of the shell, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body.
本上述说明仅是本发明技术方案的概述,为了能够更清楚了解本发明的技术手段,并可依照说明书的内容予以实施,以下以本发明的较佳实施例并配合附图详细说明如后。本发明的具体实施方式由 以下实施例及其附图详细给出。The above description is only an overview of the technical solution of the present invention. In order to understand the technical means of the present invention more clearly and implement it in accordance with the content of the description, the preferred embodiments of the present invention are described below in detail with the accompanying drawings. Specific embodiments of the present invention are given in detail by the following examples and the accompanying drawings.
附图说明Description of drawings
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明,并不构成对本发明的不当限定。在附图中:The accompanying drawings described herein are used to provide a further understanding of the present invention and constitute a part of the present application. The exemplary embodiments of the present invention and their descriptions are used to explain the present invention and do not constitute an improper limitation of the present invention. In the attached image:
图1为本发明的洗衣机本体的立体结构示意图图一;1 is a schematic diagram 1 of a three-dimensional structure of a washing machine body of the present invention;
图2为本发明的电磁吸附式门锁的示意图;Fig. 2 is the schematic diagram of the electromagnetic adsorption type door lock of the present invention;
图3为本发明的掀门结构的局部示意图;Fig. 3 is the partial schematic diagram of the lift door structure of the present invention;
图4为本发明的外壳的结构示意图;Fig. 4 is the structural representation of the shell of the present invention;
图5为本发明一实施例中法兰盘与内筒的装配结构示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the flange plate and the inner cylinder in an embodiment of the present invention;
图6为本发明又一实施例中法兰盘与内筒的装配结构爆炸图;6 is an exploded view of the assembly structure of the flange plate and the inner cylinder in another embodiment of the present invention;
图7为本发明又一实施例中法兰盘与内筒的装配结构剖视图;7 is a cross-sectional view of the assembly structure of the flange plate and the inner cylinder in another embodiment of the present invention;
图8为本发明另一实施例中法兰盘与内筒的装配结构示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the flange plate and the inner cylinder in another embodiment of the present invention;
图9为本发明一实施例中内筒的结构示意图;9 is a schematic structural diagram of an inner cylinder in an embodiment of the present invention;
图10为本发明的洗衣机本体的爆炸结构示意图图一;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram 1 of the explosion structure of the washing machine body of the present invention;
图11为本发明的洗衣机本体的爆炸结构示意图图二;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram 2 of the explosion structure of the washing machine body of the present invention;
图12为本发明的水箱的剖视图;Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of the water tank of the present invention;
图13为本发明的水箱的第一侧壁的正视图;13 is a front view of the first side wall of the water tank of the present invention;
图14为本发明的洗衣机本体的立体结构示意图图二;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram 2 of the three-dimensional structure of the washing machine body of the present invention;
图15为本发明的支撑框架的立体结构示意图;Fig. 15 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the support frame of the present invention;
图16为本发明的洗衣机本体的局部立体结构示意图;Fig. 16 is a partial three-dimensional structural schematic diagram of the washing machine body of the present invention;
图17为本发明的洗衣机本体的局部结构的剖视图;17 is a cross-sectional view of the partial structure of the washing machine body of the present invention;
图18为图17中A处放大图;Fig. 18 is an enlarged view of A in Fig. 17;
图19为本发明的支撑框架的爆炸结构示意图;Fig. 19 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of the support frame of the present invention;
图20为本发明的洗衣机本体的局部结构俯视图;Figure 20 is a partial structure top view of the washing machine body of the present invention;
图21为本发明的门体打开时洗衣机本体的侧视图;Figure 21 is a side view of the washing machine body when the door of the present invention is opened;
图22为本发明的开门组件、连接件、固定件的装配爆炸结构示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of the assembly and explosion structure of the door opening assembly, the connector and the fixing part of the present invention;
图23为本发明的开门组件、连接件、固定件的装配结构示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the assembly structure of the door opening assembly, the connecting piece and the fixing piece of the present invention;
图24为本发明的门体闭合时洗衣组件与两连杆结构的位置关系图;24 is a positional relationship diagram of the laundry assembly and the two-link structure when the door body of the present invention is closed;
图25为本发明的门体的爆炸结构示意图;Fig. 25 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of the door body of the present invention;
图26为本发明的门体闭合时门体、两连杆结构、连接件的装配关系图;Figure 26 is an assembly relationship diagram of the door body, the two-link structure and the connector when the door body of the present invention is closed;
图27为本发明的第一固定框的正视图;Figure 27 is a front view of the first fixed frame of the present invention;
图28为本发明的门壳、门体的装配关系结构图;28 is a structural diagram of the assembly relationship of the door shell and the door body of the present invention;
图29为本发明的门壳、门体的装配关系剖视结构图;Figure 29 is a cross-sectional structural view of the assembly relationship of the door shell and the door body of the present invention;
图30为本发明的门体闭合时洗衣机本体的立体结构示意图。30 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the washing machine body when the door body is closed according to the present invention.
图中:1、洗衣机本体;In the picture: 1. The washing machine body;
100、洗衣组件;110、门体;1101、插孔;1102、开口槽;1103、转轴;111、磁性件;120、外壳;1201、插销;1202、第一凸起部;1203、开孔;121、第一出气口;122、第一进气口;123、凸台;124、第三凹陷部;125、电磁固定区;126、第一电磁锁;130、内筒;1301、凹槽;1302、防呆部;1303、固定孔;1304、筒底;1305、筒身;1306、筒底孔;1307、筒身孔;140、外筒;150、前筒;160、支撑框架;161、框体;1611、第一竖杆;16111、第一衔接部;161111、第一抵接部;16112、底部支撑杆;1612、第二竖杆;16121、第二衔接部;161211、第二抵接部;1613、第三竖杆;1614、第四竖杆;1615、底座;16151、底板;162、门框;1621、缺口;16211、卡接部;1622、第一凹陷部;170、门封;180、烘干组件;100, laundry assembly; 110, door body; 1101, jack; 1102, open slot; 1103, shaft; 111, magnetic part; 120, shell; 1201, latch; 1202, first protrusion; 1203, opening; 121, the first air outlet; 122, the first air inlet; 123, the boss; 124, the third recess; 125, the electromagnetic fixing area; 126, the first electromagnetic lock; 130, the inner cylinder; 1301, the groove; 1302, foolproof part; 1303, fixing hole; 1304, cylinder bottom; 1305, cylinder body; 1306, cylinder bottom hole; 1307, cylinder body hole; 140, outer cylinder; 150, front cylinder; 160, supporting frame; 161, Frame; 1611, the first vertical rod; 16111, the first connecting part; 161111, the first abutting part; 16112, the bottom support rod; 1612, the second vertical rod; 16121, the second connecting part; 161211, the second abutting part 1613, the third vertical rod; 1614, the fourth vertical rod; 1615, the base; 16151, the bottom plate; 162, the door frame; 1621, the gap; ; 180. Drying components;
200、水箱;210、盖体;211、把手;220、盒体;221、第二进气口;222、第二出气口;223、第一侧壁;230、空腔;240、红外液位传感器;251、第一水位探针;252、第二水位探针;253、第三水位探针;261、第一挡板;262、第二挡板;200, water tank; 210, cover body; 211, handle; 220, box body; 221, second air inlet; 222, second air outlet; 223, first side wall; 230, cavity; 240, infrared liquid level sensor; 251, first water level probe; 252, second water level probe; 253, third water level probe; 261, first baffle; 262, second baffle;
300、法兰盘;3001、定位孔;3002、中心部;3003、延伸部;3004、法兰盘端部侧部;3005、固定位;3006、固定区;300, flange plate; 3001, positioning hole; 3002, central part; 3003, extension part; 3004, flange end side part; 3005, fixed position; 3006, fixed area;
400、吊簧;400, hanging spring;
600、运输螺栓;600, transport bolts;
700、插件;7001、插条;7002、插孔;7003、第二凸起部;7004、第五安装孔;700, plug-in; 7001, insert; 7002, jack; 7003, second protrusion; 7004, fifth mounting hole;
A100、门体;A110、固定件;A111、第一固定座;A112、第二固定座;A120、门玻璃;A121、外凸部;A122、抵接部;A130、面罩;A131、第二卡槽;A140、第一固定框;A141、安装柱;A142、第三凹陷部;A143、第一卡扣;A144、第一通孔;A150、第二固定框;A151、第一通槽;A152、缺口;A153、凹槽;A154、第二通孔;A160、第一凹陷部;A100, door body; A110, fixing part; A111, first fixing seat; A112, second fixing seat; A120, door glass; A121, convex part; A122, abutting part; A130, face shield; A131, second card A140, the first fixing frame; A141, the mounting post; A142, the third recess; A143, the first buckle; A144, the first through hole; A150, the second fixing frame; A151, the first through slot; A152 , notch; A153, groove; A154, second through hole; A160, first recess;
A200、洗衣组件;A210、连接件;A211、第一连接座;A212、第二连接座;A220、门壳;A221、第二凹陷部;A222、第二通槽;A223、第二卡槽;A200, laundry assembly; A210, connecting piece; A211, first connecting seat; A212, second connecting seat; A220, door shell; A221, second recess; A222, second through slot; A223, second card slot;
A300、开门组件;A311、第一连杆;A312、第三连杆;A321、第二连杆;A322、第四连杆;A330、锁定结构;A331、锁止片;A3311、锁槽;A340、弹性件;A341、第一扭簧;A342、第二扭簧;A350、阻尼件;A360、固定片;A300, door opening assembly; A311, first link; A312, third link; A321, second link; A322, fourth link; A330, locking structure; A331, locking piece; A3311, locking groove; A340 , elastic part; A341, first torsion spring; A342, second torsion spring; A350, damping part; A360, fixed piece;
A500、空腔。A500, cavity.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合附图对本发明做进一步的详细说明,本发明的前述和其它目的、特征、方面和优点将变得更加明显,以令本领域技术人员参照说明书文字能够据以实施。在附图中,为清晰起见,可对形状和尺寸进行放大,并将在所有图中使用相同的附图标记来指示相同或相似的部件。在下列描述中,诸如中心、厚度、高度、长度、前部、背部、后部、左边、右边、顶部、底部、上部、下部等用词为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系。特别地,“高度”相当于从顶部到底部的尺寸,“宽度”相当于从左 边到右边的尺寸,“深度”相当于从前到后的尺寸。这些相对术语是为了说明方便起见并且通常并不旨在需要具体取向。涉及附接、联接等的术语(例如,“连接”和“附接”)是指这些结构通过中间结构彼此直接或间接固定或附接的关系、以及可动或刚性附接或关系,除非以其他方式明确地说明。The present invention will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, and the foregoing and other objects, features, aspects and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent, so that those skilled in the art can implement them with reference to the description. In the drawings, the shapes and dimensions may be exaggerated for clarity, and the same reference numerals will be used throughout the drawings to refer to the same or like parts. In the following description, terms such as center, thickness, height, length, front, back, rear, left, right, top, bottom, upper, lower, etc. are based on the orientation or positional relationship shown in the drawings. In particular, "height" corresponds to the dimension from top to bottom, "width" corresponds to the dimension from left to right, and "depth" corresponds to the dimension from front to back. These relative terms are for convenience of description and are generally not intended to require a specific orientation. Terms referring to attachment, coupling, etc. (eg, "connected" and "attached") refer to the fixed or attached relationship, as well as the movable or rigid attachment or relationship of these structures to each other, directly or indirectly, through intervening structures, unless The other way is explicitly stated.
下面,结合附图以及具体实施方式,对本发明做进一步描述,需要说明的是,在不相冲突的前提下,以下描述的各实施例之间或各技术特征之间可以任意组合形成新的实施例。The present invention will be further described below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments. It should be noted that, on the premise of no conflict, the embodiments or technical features described below can be combined arbitrarily to form new embodiments. .
本发明提供一种迷你洗衣机,包括如图1、图10、图11、图14、图17所示,洗衣机本体1,洗衣机本体1包括洗衣组件100、水箱200;洗衣组件100用以进行衣物处理;其中,The present invention provides a mini washing machine, which includes a washing machine body 1 as shown in Figure 1, Figure 10, Figure 11, Figure 14, and Figure 17. The washing machine body 1 includes a laundry component 100 and a water tank 200; the laundry component 100 is used for clothes processing ;in,
洗衣组件100包括门体110、外壳120;门体110与外壳120共同形成用以容纳内筒130与外筒140的密封空间;The laundry assembly 100 includes a door body 110 and an outer casing 120; the door body 110 and the outer casing 120 together form a sealed space for accommodating the inner tub 130 and the outer tub 140;
内筒130开口朝上倾斜设置,用以容纳待洗涤衣物;外筒140与内筒130外壁共同形成供水通过的水流通道;通过设置内筒130、外筒140,两者配合使得洗衣机本体1除了基本的洗涤功能外,还可进行脱水;The opening of the inner cylinder 130 is inclined upward to accommodate the clothes to be washed; the outer cylinder 140 and the outer wall of the inner cylinder 130 together form a water flow channel for the water supply to pass through; In addition to the basic washing function, it can also perform dehydration;
水箱200用以储水并向洗衣组件100供水;洗衣组件100与水箱200共同形成洗衣机本体1的机械结构,可通过自动或手动向水箱200中注水以实现供水,洗衣机本体1可放置于任意场地,不收场地有无设置水路的限制,应用场景广;The water tank 200 is used to store water and supply water to the laundry assembly 100; the laundry assembly 100 and the water tank 200 together form the mechanical structure of the washing machine body 1, and the water tank 200 can be automatically or manually filled with water to achieve water supply, and the washing machine body 1 can be placed in any place. , regardless of whether the site has restrictions on setting up waterways, and has a wide range of application scenarios;
门体110关闭时,通过锁定结构锁于外壳120上。通过锁定结构锁住门体110,以防护儿童在洗衣机本体1运行时触碰内筒130。When the door body 110 is closed, it is locked on the housing 120 through the locking structure. The door body 110 is locked by the locking structure, so as to prevent children from touching the inner tub 130 when the washing machine body 1 is running.
进一步地,门体110通过开门结构滑动连接或转动连接于外壳120。具体地,外壳120的前饰面板内凹形成第三凹陷部124,门体110闭合衣物取放口时,门体110置于第三凹陷部124内,门体110外表面与第三凹陷部124外周围表面形成平面或光滑曲面,以提高外壳120的前饰面板的整齐性。门体110滑动或转动脱离第三凹陷部124,外力施加于门体110后,门体110通过该开门结构沿着衣物取放口的轮廓(如:第三凹陷部124)滑动以打开门体110。Further, the door body 110 is slidably connected or rotationally connected to the housing 120 through the door opening structure. Specifically, the front panel of the housing 120 is recessed to form a third recessed portion 124. When the door body 110 closes the laundry access opening, the door body 110 is placed in the third recessed portion 124, and the outer surface of the door body 110 is connected to the third recessed portion. The outer peripheral surface of 124 forms a plane or smooth curved surface, so as to improve the neatness of the front panel of the casing 120 . The door body 110 slides or rotates away from the third concave portion 124. After the external force is applied to the door body 110, the door body 110 slides along the outline of the laundry access opening (eg, the third concave portion 124) through the door opening structure to open the door body. 110.
具体地,在一实施例中,当门体110滑动连接于外壳120时,开门结构包括:Specifically, in one embodiment, when the door body 110 is slidably connected to the housing 120, the door opening structure includes:
滑轨,滑轨设置于外壳120内靠近其衣物取放口处,即可将滑轨设置于外壳120图4中的B处,且滑轨沿着外壳120的轮廓延伸;The slide rail, the slide rail is arranged in the outer casing 120 near the clothes pick-and-place port, the sliding rail can be arranged at the position B of the outer casing 120 in FIG. 4 , and the sliding rail extends along the outline of the outer casing 120;
滑块,滑块设置于门体110的外轮廓上;The slider, the slider is arranged on the outer contour of the door body 110;
滑块沿滑轨滑动以牵引门体110离开衣物取放口。The slider slides along the slide rail to pull the door body 110 away from the laundry access opening.
应当理解,滑轨的长度影响门体110打开衣物取放口的大小。在一实施例中,可在外壳120靠近衣物取放口的内侧一周设置滑轨;在另一些实施例中,可在外壳120靠近衣物取放口的内侧的部分设置滑轨。如在内侧的两相对侧设置滑轨。该实施例中利用滑轨、滑块以推动门体110。在推开门体时,可左右滑动开门或上下滑动开门。为了方便打开门体110,避免门体110产生不必要的损坏,可选择往上推开门体110。It should be understood that the length of the slide rail affects the size of the door body 110 to open the laundry access opening. In one embodiment, a slide rail may be provided around the inner side of the casing 120 near the clothing pick and place opening; in other embodiments, a slide rail may be provided on a portion of the housing 120 near the inner side of the clothing pick and place opening. For example, slide rails are arranged on two opposite sides of the inner side. In this embodiment, sliding rails and sliding blocks are used to push the door body 110 . When pushing the door body, you can slide the door left and right or slide the door up and down. In order to facilitate opening of the door body 110 and avoid unnecessary damage to the door body 110 , the door body 110 may be pushed upwards.
在又一实施例中,门体110一端设有转轴1103,以与外壳120转动连接。In yet another embodiment, one end of the door body 110 is provided with a rotating shaft 1103 to be rotatably connected with the housing 120 .
在一实施例中,如图1至图4所示,锁定结构包括:In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 4 , the locking structure includes:
第一电磁锁126,固定于洗衣机本体的外壳120上;The first electromagnetic lock 126 is fixed on the shell 120 of the washing machine body;
磁性件111,固定于洗衣机本体的门体110上;The magnetic piece 111 is fixed on the door body 110 of the washing machine body;
门体110盖设于外壳120以形成密封结构;当电流通过第一电磁锁126时,第一电磁锁126里的第一电磁铁产生磁力以吸附磁性件111,以使得门体110锁于外壳120上。通过去除单独门锁,将吸附式门锁和门作为一体,成本低,占用空间小,且装配简单。该第一电磁锁126是利用电生磁的原理,当电流通过硅钢片时,第一电磁锁126产生强大的吸力紧紧地吸附住磁性件111以达到锁门的效果。该电磁吸附式门锁通过电磁吸附来达到锁门的结构,结构简单。The door body 110 is covered on the casing 120 to form a sealing structure; when the current passes through the first electromagnetic lock 126, the first electromagnet in the first electromagnetic lock 126 generates a magnetic force to attract the magnetic member 111, so that the door body 110 is locked to the casing 120 on. By removing the separate door lock and integrating the adsorption type door lock and the door, the cost is low, the space occupied is small, and the assembly is simple. The first electromagnetic lock 126 utilizes the principle of electromagnetism. When the current passes through the silicon steel sheet, the first electromagnetic lock 126 generates a strong suction force and tightly adsorbs the magnetic member 111 to achieve the effect of locking the door. The electromagnetic adsorption type door lock achieves the structure of locking the door through electromagnetic adsorption, and the structure is simple.
该第一电磁锁126可设置于外壳120的表面或其内部或部分嵌入外壳120,但为了避免在外壳120表面额外设置开孔或安装结构,第一电磁锁126嵌入于洗衣机本体的外壳120内。The first electromagnetic lock 126 can be disposed on the surface of the casing 120 or inside or partially embedded in the casing 120, but in order to avoid additional openings or installation structures on the surface of the casing 120, the first electromagnetic lock 126 is embedded in the casing 120 of the washing machine body .
进一步地,磁性件111跟随门体110旋转至对应的外壳120上第一电磁锁126所在位置处,以锁定门体110;即门体110通过旋转以盖设于外壳120上,相较于门体的滑动式开关门,转动式开门对洗衣机本体上下方位的空间要求低。Further, the magnetic member 111 rotates along with the door body 110 to the corresponding position of the first electromagnetic lock 126 on the casing 120 to lock the door body 110 ; that is, the door body 110 is rotated to cover the casing 120 , which is comparable to the door body 110 . The sliding door opening and closing of the main body, and the rotary door opening have low requirements on the space in the upper and lower directions of the washing machine body.
应当理解,当门体110滑动连接于外壳120时,为了保证第一电磁锁126能与磁性件111较好的配合,外壳120内侧设置有滑轨与门体110上的滑块相配合。It should be understood that when the door body 110 is slidably connected to the housing 120 , in order to ensure that the first electromagnetic lock 126 can be well matched with the magnetic member 111 , a slide rail is provided inside the housing 120 to match the slider on the door body 110 .
进一步地,为了保证外壳120与门体110之间的锁定性能,洗衣机本体外壳120上设有第一电磁锁126数目为至少两个。Further, in order to ensure the locking performance between the housing 120 and the door body 110, the number of the first electromagnetic locks 126 provided on the housing 120 of the washing machine body is at least two.
第一电磁锁126可设置于外壳120的任意位置,为了尽可能达到最好的锁定效果,第一电磁锁优选设置于外壳120上第三凹陷部124的上部和/或下部。具体地,当设置一个第一电磁锁126时,第一电磁锁126设置于第三凹陷部124的上部或下部,当门体110转动关门后的最终状态位于第三凹陷部124下方时,第一电磁锁126设置于第三凹陷部124下部,此时,门体110的锁定力包括门体110的重力以及第一电磁锁的磁吸力,以提升门体110与外壳120之间的锁定力;当门体110转动关门后的最终状态位于第三凹陷部124上方时,第一电磁锁126设置于第三凹陷部124上部,该方案的优势在于,当第一电磁锁126设置于第三凹陷部124上部时,即使门体110未锁定于外壳120上,即存在密封不好的情况,也不会导致内筒中的水流出漏出洗衣组件100;当设置不止一个第一电磁锁126时,可将两第一电磁锁均设置于第三凹陷部124下部或第三凹陷部124上部,或者将第一电磁锁126分设于第三凹陷部124的上部和下部,以提升门体110与外壳120之间的锁定力。应当理解,第一电磁锁也可设置于外壳120上第三凹陷部124的左侧和/或右侧。The first electromagnetic lock 126 can be arranged at any position of the casing 120 . In order to achieve the best locking effect, the first electromagnetic lock is preferably arranged at the upper and/or lower part of the third recess 124 on the casing 120 . Specifically, when a first electromagnetic lock 126 is provided, the first electromagnetic lock 126 is arranged on the upper or lower part of the third recessed portion 124, and when the final state of the door body 110 after the door is rotated and closed is located below the third recessed portion 124, the An electromagnetic lock 126 is disposed at the lower part of the third recess 124 . At this time, the locking force of the door body 110 includes the gravity of the door body 110 and the magnetic attraction force of the first electromagnetic lock, so as to increase the locking force between the door body 110 and the housing 120 When the final state after the door body 110 is rotated and closed is located above the third recessed portion 124, the first electromagnetic lock 126 is arranged on the upper portion of the third recessed portion 124. The advantage of this solution is that when the first electromagnetic lock 126 is arranged on the third recessed portion 124 When the recessed portion 124 is on the upper part, even if the door body 110 is not locked on the outer casing 120, that is, the sealing is not good, the water in the inner tub will not flow out and leak out of the laundry assembly 100; when more than one first electromagnetic lock 126 is provided, The two first electromagnetic locks can be arranged at the lower part of the third recessed part 124 or the upper part of the third recessed part 124, or the first electromagnetic lock 126 can be arranged at the upper part and the lower part of the third recessed part 124, so as to lift the door body 110 and the shell. Locking force between 120. It should be understood that the first electromagnetic lock can also be disposed on the left and/or right of the third recess 124 on the housing 120 .
除了上述的第一电磁锁分布方式外,在一实施例中,第一电磁锁126均匀分布于洗衣机本体的第三凹陷部124上,以用于进一步提升门体110与外壳120之间的锁定力。In addition to the above-mentioned distribution method of the first electromagnetic locks, in one embodiment, the first electromagnetic locks 126 are evenly distributed on the third recessed portion 124 of the washing machine body to further enhance the locking between the door body 110 and the housing 120 force.
为了保证门体110与外壳120之间的密封性,在一实施例中,第三凹陷部124从衣物取放口往远离衣物取放口中心的位置延伸,以用于贴合门体110的内侧。在一实施例中,第三凹陷部124还设有电磁固定区125(第一电磁锁所在位置),该电磁固定区125靠近门体110与外壳120最终闭合的位置设置。当洗衣机本体为如图1所示的洗衣机本体时,电磁固定区125设置于衣物取放口的下方,以使得门体110闭合时,可通过电磁固定区125密封于外壳120上。In order to ensure the sealing between the door body 110 and the housing 120 , in one embodiment, the third concave portion 124 extends from the clothes access opening to a position away from the center of the clothes access opening, so as to fit the door body 110 . inside. In one embodiment, the third recessed portion 124 is further provided with an electromagnetic fixing area 125 (where the first electromagnetic lock is located), and the electromagnetic fixing area 125 is disposed close to the position where the door body 110 and the housing 120 are finally closed. When the washing machine body is the washing machine body shown in FIG. 1 , the electromagnetic fixing area 125 is disposed below the clothes taking-out opening, so that when the door 110 is closed, the electromagnetic fixing area 125 can be sealed on the housing 120 .
在又一实施例中,当门体110转动连接于外壳120时,锁定结构为折销式门锁,锁定结构包括第二电磁锁,第二电磁锁包括第二电磁铁、插销1201;触发开关后,外壳120通过插销1201锁住门体 110。具体地,外壳120上的第二电磁铁失电,以使得第二电磁锁落下插销1201以锁住门体110或者第二电磁铁得电,以使得第二电磁铁落下插销1201以锁住门体110。In yet another embodiment, when the door body 110 is rotatably connected to the housing 120, the locking structure is a pin-type door lock, the locking structure includes a second electromagnetic lock, and the second electromagnetic lock includes a second electromagnet and a latch 1201; a trigger switch Afterwards, the housing 120 locks the door body 110 through the latch 1201 . Specifically, the second electromagnet on the housing 120 is de-energized, so that the second electromagnetic lock drops the latch 1201 to lock the door body 110 or the second electromagnet is energized, so that the second electromagnet drops the latch 1201 to lock the door body 110.
具体地,折销式门锁分布于门体110、外壳120上,在一实施例中,外壳120外轮廓设有插销1201、第一凸起部1202,门体110上设有插孔1101、开口槽1102;门体110闭合后,触发开关,第二电磁锁落下插销1201,插销1201通过插孔1101将外壳120的第一凸起部1202锁定于开口槽1102内。触发第二电磁锁落下插销1201的部件为干簧管,即第二电磁锁中包括零件干簧管,干簧管安装于外壳120上,当门体110与外壳120闭合时,干簧管感应到门体110上的磁铁后(干簧管通过所施加的磁场进行操作的电开关),使得外壳120上的第二电磁铁失电后,第二电磁锁落下插销1201以锁住门体110。Specifically, the pin-type door locks are distributed on the door body 110 and the casing 120. In one embodiment, the outer contour of the casing 120 is provided with a latch 1201 and a first protrusion 1202, and the door body 110 is provided with a socket 1101, Open slot 1102 ; after the door body 110 is closed, the switch is triggered, and the second electromagnetic lock drops the latch 1201 . The component that triggers the drop pin 1201 of the second electromagnetic lock is a reed switch, that is, the second electromagnetic lock includes a component reed switch, and the reed switch is installed on the housing 120. When the door body 110 and the housing 120 are closed, the reed switch senses After reaching the magnet on the door body 110 (the electric switch operated by the reed switch through the applied magnetic field), after the second electromagnet on the housing 120 is de-energized, the second electromagnetic lock drops the latch 1201 to lock the door body 110 .
如图3所示,外壳120与门体门体110的相对侧设有第一凸起部1202,该第一凸起部1202上包括开孔1203,此外,外壳120上还连接有一插销1201;门体110上包括开口槽1102,该开口槽1102的大小、形状与外壳120上的第一凸起部1202相匹配,门体110的侧沿还设有插孔1101,该插孔1101与开口槽1102相贯通;当门体110与外壳120闭合到位时,外壳120的第一凸起部1202插入门体110上的开口槽1102,外壳120上的插销1201落入门体110的插孔1101内,以锁住门体110与外壳120。As shown in FIG. 3 , a first raised portion 1202 is provided on the opposite side of the housing 120 and the door body 110 , and the first raised portion 1202 includes an opening 1203 . In addition, a plug 1201 is also connected to the housing 120 ; The door body 110 includes an opening slot 1102, the size and shape of the opening slot 1102 match the first protrusion 1202 on the housing 120, and the side edge of the door body 110 is also provided with an insertion hole 1101, the insertion hole 1101 and the opening The grooves 1102 communicate with each other; when the door body 110 and the casing 120 are closed in place, the first protrusion 1202 of the casing 120 is inserted into the opening groove 1102 on the door body 110 , and the latch 1201 on the casing 120 falls into the insertion hole 1101 of the door body 110 , to lock the door body 110 and the housing 120 .
当解锁门体110时,第二电磁铁得电或失电,第二电磁锁的插销1201被第二电磁锁的第二电磁铁吸住收上去,以解锁门体110,应当理解,门体110被解锁后,即可通过人工干预或自动推弹等方式打开门体110。When the door body 110 is unlocked, the second electromagnet is energized or de-energized, and the latch 1201 of the second electromagnetic lock is absorbed by the second electromagnet of the second electromagnetic lock to unlock the door body 110. It should be understood that the door body After 110 is unlocked, the door body 110 can be opened by manual intervention or automatic push bombs.
在一实施例中,还包括第二第一检测装置(未图示),通过检测门体110是否到达目标位置以判断门体110是否闭合到位,以保证门体110闭合到位后方能触发折销式门锁111。该目标位置为门体到达第三凹陷部124的位置。在一实施例中,第二检测装置为光电传感器,该光电传感器设置于第三凹陷部124的上方或下方以用于检测门体110是否闭合到位。在一实施例中,为了保证检测门体是否闭合到位的精准性,第二检测装置为若干个,该若干个第二检测装置同时分布于第三凹陷部124的一侧或均匀分布于第三凹陷部124上。应当理解,该第二检测装置也可为霍尔传感器等第二检测装置。In one embodiment, a second and first detection device (not shown) is also included to determine whether the door body 110 is closed in place by detecting whether the door body 110 reaches the target position, so as to ensure that the door body 110 is closed in place before triggering the discount. Type door lock 111. The target position is the position where the door body reaches the third recessed portion 124 . In one embodiment, the second detection device is a photoelectric sensor, and the photoelectric sensor is disposed above or below the third recessed portion 124 for detecting whether the door body 110 is closed in place. In one embodiment, in order to ensure the accuracy of detecting whether the door body is closed in place, there are several second detecting devices, and the plurality of second detecting devices are simultaneously distributed on one side of the third recess 124 or evenly distributed on the third on the recessed portion 124 . It should be understood that the second detection device may also be a second detection device such as a Hall sensor.
在一实施例中,洗衣组件100内还包括:In one embodiment, the laundry assembly 100 further includes:
法兰盘300,用以带动内筒130转动;The flange 300 is used to drive the inner cylinder 130 to rotate;
固定结构,用以形成内筒130与法兰盘300的刚性连接;a fixing structure to form a rigid connection between the inner cylinder 130 and the flange 300;
内筒130包括筒身1305及与筒身1305一体成型的筒底1304,筒底1304设有凹槽1301,法兰盘300通过凹槽1301嵌入内筒130的筒底1304,即凹槽1301一方面用于形成法兰盘300的容置空间,另一方面用于对法兰盘300进行限位。The inner cylinder 130 includes a cylinder body 1305 and a cylinder bottom 1304 integrally formed with the cylinder body 1305. The cylinder bottom 1304 is provided with a groove 1301, and the flange 300 is inserted into the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 through the groove 1301, that is, the groove 1301 is a groove 1301. On the one hand, it is used to form the accommodating space of the flange 300 , and on the other hand, it is used to limit the position of the flange 300 .
应当理解,现有技术中筒底、筒身分体设置,当固定法兰盘时,需要额外追加筒底结构以固定法兰盘;本发明去除筒底结构,采用一体成型工艺形成的内筒以减少制造复杂度和设备及模具成本。It should be understood that in the prior art, the bottom of the cylinder and the body of the cylinder are set as separate bodies. When the flange is fixed, an additional bottom structure is required to fix the flange. Reduce manufacturing complexity and equipment and tooling costs.
法兰盘300的形状可设置为任意形状,仅需使得法兰盘300能将其受到的驱动力均衡地传递至内筒130。在一实施例中,法兰盘300包括中心部3002以及从中心部3002往远离中心部3002延伸的若干延伸部3003。在一实施例中,法兰盘300从其中心部3002延伸出三个延伸部3003,此时,为了匹配该法兰盘300,凹槽从内筒中心往远离中心处延伸。The shape of the flange 300 can be set to any shape, as long as the flange 300 can transmit the driving force received by the flange 300 to the inner cylinder 130 in a balanced manner. In one embodiment, the flange 300 includes a central portion 3002 and a plurality of extension portions 3003 extending from the central portion 3002 away from the central portion 3002 . In one embodiment, the flange 300 extends from its central portion 3002 with three extending portions 3003 . At this time, in order to match the flange 300 , the groove extends from the center of the inner cylinder away from the center.
在一实施例中,法兰盘300与内筒130通过单独的固定结构进行固定。具体地,在一实施例中, 固定结构包括插件700,插件700贴附于内筒130的筒底1304和/或筒身1305,以固定法兰盘300与内筒130;在另一些实施例中,法兰盘300与内筒130通过本身的结构进行固定连接。In one embodiment, the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 are fixed by separate fixing structures. Specifically, in one embodiment, the fixing structure includes an insert 700, and the insert 700 is attached to the bottom 1304 and/or the body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 to fix the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130; in other embodiments , the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 are fixedly connected by their own structures.
具体地,在一实施例中,如图5所示,在一实施例中,插件700用以从内筒130的外部固定法兰盘300与内筒130;具体地,插件700贴附内筒130的外壁及法兰盘300的端部,插件700的一端固定法兰盘300,另一端固定内筒130的筒身1305。插件700与法兰盘300、筒身1305的固定方式包括利用紧固件、卡接、焊接、粘接等现有技术中常见的固定方式。Specifically, in one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5 , in one embodiment, the insert 700 is used to fix the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 from the outside of the inner cylinder 130 ; specifically, the insert 700 is attached to the inner cylinder On the outer wall of 130 and the end of the flange 300 , one end of the insert 700 is fixed to the flange 300 , and the other end is fixed to the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 . The way of fixing the insert 700 to the flange 300 and the cylinder body 1305 includes the use of fasteners, clamping, welding, bonding and other common fixing ways in the prior art.
进一步地,由于法兰盘300具有一定的厚度,因此法兰盘端部侧部3004上具有设置开孔的空间,即法兰盘端部侧部3004设有固定位3005,插件700上包括至少两第五安装孔7004;通过一紧固件穿过一第五安装孔7004将插件700的一端固定于法兰盘300末端,通过另一紧固件穿过另一第五安装孔7004将插件700的另一端固定于筒身1305。具体地,紧固件为螺钉等常用的固定结构,即通过螺钉将插件700先固定在法兰盘300的末端上,再通过螺钉将插件700固定于内筒130的筒身1305上,以最终实现将法兰盘300固定于内筒130的筒底。应当理解,此时,法兰盘端部侧部3004设置的固定位3005即为任意延伸部3003远离中心部3002的一端的侧部。Further, since the flange 300 has a certain thickness, there is a space for setting openings on the side 3004 of the end of the flange, that is, the side 3004 of the end of the flange is provided with a fixing position 3005, and the insert 700 includes at least Two fifth mounting holes 7004; one end of the plug-in 700 is fixed to the end of the flange 300 through a fifth mounting hole 7004 by a fastener, and another fastener is passed through another fifth mounting hole 7004 to fix the plug-in The other end of 700 is fixed to the cylinder body 1305 . Specifically, the fasteners are commonly used fixing structures such as screws, that is, the insert 700 is first fixed on the end of the flange 300 by screws, and then the insert 700 is fixed on the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 by screws, so as to finally The flange 300 is fixed to the bottom of the inner cylinder 130 . It should be understood that, at this time, the fixing position 3005 set on the side portion 3004 of the flange end is the side portion of the end of any extension portion 3003 away from the center portion 3002 .
一般情况下,法兰盘具有奇数个的延伸部3003,在一实施例中,法兰盘300从其中心部3002延伸出三个延伸部3003,此时,在设置插件700时,对应每一延伸部3003的末端均设置一插件700,以保证法兰盘300稳固固定于内筒130上。在另一些实施例中,当法兰盘具有五个延伸部3003时,至少两间隔设置的延伸部3003的末端分别对应一插件700,以固定法兰盘300与内筒130。应当理解,当设置三个或四个插件700时,尽量使得插片700均匀紧固法兰盘300的端部,当设置五个插件700时,每一插件700与每一延伸部3003的端部相对应。在又一实施例中,可仅设有一插件700,该插件700整体贴附于内筒130的外壁以及法兰盘300的端部,相较于若干插件700的设置,整体设置的插件700具有更好的稳固性。Generally, the flange plate has an odd number of extension parts 3003. In one embodiment, the flange plate 300 extends from the center part 3002 of the flange plate 300 with three extension parts 3003. An insert 700 is provided at the end of the extension portion 3003 to ensure that the flange 300 is stably fixed on the inner cylinder 130 . In other embodiments, when the flange plate has five extension parts 3003 , the ends of at least two spaced apart extension parts 3003 correspond to an insert 700 respectively to fix the flange plate 300 and the inner cylinder 130 . It should be understood that when three or four inserts 700 are provided, try to make the inserts 700 evenly fasten the ends of the flange 300. When five inserts 700 are provided, the ends of each insert 700 and each extension 3003 Department corresponds. In yet another embodiment, only one insert 700 may be provided, and the insert 700 is integrally attached to the outer wall of the inner cylinder 130 and the end of the flange 300. Compared with the arrangement of several inserts 700, the insert 700 provided as a whole has better stability.
为了保证插件700作为外部配件实现法兰盘300与内筒130之间固定连接的稳固性,在一实施例中,插件700上设有三个第五安装孔7004,其中,一个第五安装孔7004用于匹配法兰盘300上的固定位3005;另两个第五安装孔7004用以固定插件700与筒身1305。通过三个第五安装孔以形成近三角形的稳定结构。In order to ensure the stability of the fixed connection between the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 achieved by the insert 700 as an external accessory, in one embodiment, the insert 700 is provided with three fifth mounting holes 7004 , wherein one fifth mounting hole 7004 It is used to match the fixing position 3005 on the flange 300 ; the other two fifth mounting holes 7004 are used to fix the insert 700 and the barrel 1305 . Through the three fifth mounting holes to form a nearly triangular stable structure.
进一步地,插件700紧贴内筒130的外侧以及法兰盘300的末端,为了强化插件的稳固性,在一实施例中,插件700沿内筒130的筒底1304延伸,以至少覆盖位于筒底上的法兰盘300的部分,此时,插件位于法兰盘300端部的部分形成一近L型结构,加强插件700的固定能力。Further, the insert 700 is closely attached to the outer side of the inner tube 130 and the end of the flange 300. In order to strengthen the stability of the insert, in one embodiment, the insert 700 extends along the bottom 1304 of the inner tube 130 to at least cover the bottom 1304 of the inner tube 130. The part of the flange 300 on the bottom, at this time, the part of the insert located at the end of the flange 300 forms a nearly L-shaped structure, which strengthens the fixing ability of the insert 700 .
如图6、图7所示,在又一实施例中,插件700用以从内筒130的内部抵靠筒底1304及筒身1305的交界处,以形成法兰盘300与内筒130的刚性连接,其中,插件700的一边固定内筒130的筒底1304与法兰盘300,另一边用于固定内筒130的筒身1305。As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7 , in another embodiment, the insert 700 is used to abut the junction of the bottom 1304 and the barrel 1305 from the inside of the inner barrel 130 to form a connection between the flange 300 and the inner barrel 130 . Rigid connection, wherein one side of the insert 700 is used to fix the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 and the flange 300 , and the other side is used to fix the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 .
具体地,插件700为L型紧固件,插件700的两边即为L型紧固件的两插条7001,每一插条7001上设有插孔7002。插件700与法兰盘300、筒身1305、筒底1304的固定方式包括利用紧固件、卡接、焊接、粘接等现有技术中常见的固定方式。凹槽1301上设有若干用于固定法兰盘的固定孔1303。该固定孔1303与定位孔3001一一对应;紧固件通过插孔7002从内筒130内将法兰盘300通过凹槽1301 上的固定孔1303固定于内筒130底部。即一紧固件通过位于筒底1304上插条7001的插孔7002穿过内筒130内后再依次穿过相匹配的定位孔3001、固定孔1303以将法兰盘300固定于内筒130的筒底1304;另一紧固件通过位于筒身1305上插条7001的插孔7002穿过内筒130的筒身1305后再通过筒身上的固定孔以将插件700固定于内筒130内,从而进一步强化法兰盘300与内筒130间的稳固性。Specifically, the insert 700 is an L-shaped fastener, the two sides of the insert 700 are the two inserts 7001 of the L-shaped fastener, and each insert 7001 is provided with an insertion hole 7002 . The fixing methods of the insert 700 and the flange 300 , the cylinder body 1305 , and the cylinder bottom 1304 include common fixing methods in the prior art, such as using fasteners, clamping, welding, and bonding. The groove 1301 is provided with a plurality of fixing holes 1303 for fixing the flange. The fixing holes 1303 correspond to the positioning holes 3001 one-to-one; the fasteners fix the flange 300 to the bottom of the inner cylinder 130 from the inner cylinder 130 through the insertion holes 7002 through the fixing holes 1303 on the groove 1301 . That is, a fastener passes through the inner cylinder 130 through the insertion hole 7002 of the insert 7001 on the cylinder bottom 1304, and then passes through the matching positioning holes 3001 and fixing holes 1303 in turn to fix the flange 300 to the inner cylinder 130. The other fastener passes through the barrel 1305 of the inner barrel 130 through the insertion hole 7002 of the insert 7001 on the barrel body 1305, and then passes through the fixing hole on the barrel body to fix the insert 700 in the inner barrel 130 , so as to further strengthen the stability between the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 .
进一步地,内筒130的固定孔1303附近还包括防呆部1302,以用于指示插件700的安装位置。该防呆部1302可为凸起、开口槽或颜色标识等可以用于指示插件700安装位置的部件;在一实施例中,当该防呆部1302为开口槽时,可在插件700上设置第二凸起部7003,以将插件700的第二凸起部7003安装于防呆部1302所在位置处。进一步地,法兰盘300朝向内筒130的表面上设有定位槽3007,第二凸起部7003穿过防呆部1302后伸入定位槽3007内,起到定位安装作用,加强插件700与法兰盘300连接的稳固性。Further, a foolproof part 1302 is further included near the fixing hole 1303 of the inner cylinder 130 to indicate the installation position of the insert 700 . The foolproof portion 1302 may be a protrusion, an open slot, or a color mark that can be used to indicate the installation position of the insert 700; in one embodiment, when the foolproof portion 1302 is an open slot, it may be provided on the insert 700 The second protruding portion 7003 is used to install the second protruding portion 7003 of the insert 700 at the position where the foolproof portion 1302 is located. Further, a positioning groove 3007 is provided on the surface of the flange 300 facing the inner cylinder 130, and the second raised portion 7003 extends into the positioning groove 3007 after passing through the foolproof portion 1302, and plays a role in positioning and installation. The stability of the flange 300 connection.
应当理解,当法兰盘300的轮廓为圆形时,在一实施例中,若干定位孔3001沿法兰盘300圆周方向均匀设置,以保证法兰盘300固定在内筒130上的稳固性;当法兰盘300为从中心部3002延伸出的三个延伸部3003时,每一延伸部3003上均设置有相应的定位孔3001。具体地,在一实施例中,法兰盘300从其中心部3002延伸出三个延伸部3003,此时,在设置插件700时,在内筒130的内侧对应每一延伸部3003均设置一插件700,以保证法兰盘300稳固固定于内筒130上。在另一些实施例中,当法兰盘具有五个延伸部3003时,两插件700于内筒130内侧均匀分布,如至少两间隔设置的延伸部3003所对应的内筒130的内侧分别对应一插件700,以固定法兰盘300与内筒130。应当理解,当设置三个或四个插件700时,尽量使得插件700均匀分布于内筒130的内侧以用于固定法兰盘300与内筒130,当设置五个插片700时,每一插件700与每一延伸部3003相对应。在又一实施例中,可仅设有一插件700,该插件700整体贴附于内筒130的内壁,该插件700与每一延伸部3003相对应的位置处均会设置相应的固定位;相较于若干插件700的设置,整体设置的插件700具有更好的稳固性。It should be understood that when the outline of the flange 300 is circular, in one embodiment, a plurality of positioning holes 3001 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the flange 300 to ensure the stability of the flange 300 being fixed on the inner cylinder 130 ; When the flange 300 is three extending portions 3003 extending from the central portion 3002, each extending portion 3003 is provided with a corresponding positioning hole 3001. Specifically, in an embodiment, the flange 300 extends from the central portion 3002 of the flange 300 with three extension portions 3003 . At this time, when the insert 700 is provided, a corresponding extension portion 3003 is provided on the inner side of the inner cylinder 130 . The insert 700 is used to ensure that the flange 300 is stably fixed on the inner cylinder 130 . In other embodiments, when the flange has five extending portions 3003, the two inserts 700 are evenly distributed on the inner side of the inner cylinder 130, such as at least two spaced apart extension portions 3003 corresponding to the inner side of the inner cylinder 130 corresponding to one The insert 700 is used to fix the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 . It should be understood that when three or four inserts 700 are provided, try to make the inserts 700 evenly distributed on the inner side of the inner cylinder 130 for fixing the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130. When five inserts 700 are provided, each An insert 700 corresponds to each extension 3003 . In yet another embodiment, only one insert 700 may be provided, and the insert 700 is attached to the inner wall of the inner cylinder 130 as a whole, and the insert 700 is provided with a corresponding fixing position at the position corresponding to each extension 3003; Compared with the arrangement of several inserts 700, the insert 700 arranged as a whole has better stability.
如图8、图9所示,在一实施例中,内筒130与法兰盘300不通过单独的固定结构进行固定,而是通过内筒130及法兰盘300本身的结构进行固定。法兰盘300的末端还包括弯折部,弯折部从130的筒底1304往内筒130的筒身1305延伸;凹槽1301延伸至筒身1305;弯折部嵌入内筒130筒身1305的凹槽1301内,以将法兰盘300固定于内筒130。内筒130的筒底1304往内筒130内凹陷以形成凹槽1301来安装法兰盘300,应当理解,该凹槽1301的大小、轮廓根据法兰盘300的大小、轮廓来设置。As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 , in one embodiment, the inner cylinder 130 and the flange 300 are not fixed by a separate fixing structure, but are fixed by the structure of the inner cylinder 130 and the flange 300 themselves. The end of the flange 300 also includes a bending part, the bending part extends from the bottom 1304 of the cylinder 130 to the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130; the groove 1301 extends to the cylinder body 1305; the bending part is embedded in the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 The flange 300 is fixed to the inner cylinder 130 in the groove 1301 . The cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 is recessed into the inner cylinder 130 to form a groove 1301 for installing the flange 300 .
为了保证法兰盘300与筒底1304之间的稳固性,不同于一般的凹槽1301仅设置于筒底1304,本发明的凹槽1301从筒底1304延伸至筒身1305,紧固件通过法兰盘300上靠近筒身1305所在位置处的固定区3006穿过内筒130筒身1305上的筒身孔1303将法兰盘300固定于内筒130的筒底1304。In order to ensure the stability between the flange 300 and the cylinder bottom 1304, different from the general groove 1301 only provided on the cylinder bottom 1304, the groove 1301 of the present invention extends from the cylinder bottom 1304 to the cylinder body 1305, and the fasteners pass through The fixing area 3006 on the flange 300 close to the position of the barrel 1305 passes through the barrel hole 1303 on the barrel 1305 of the inner barrel 130 to fix the flange 300 to the barrel bottom 1304 of the inner barrel 130 .
进一步地,在一实施例中,凹槽1301于筒身的延伸长度为凹槽于筒底的延伸长度的1/2-1/4,优选地,凹槽1301于筒身的延伸长度为凹槽于筒底的延伸长度的1/3,以在保证法兰盘300与内筒130固定稳定性的同时避免凹槽1301于筒身1305的长度过长。Further, in one embodiment, the extension length of the groove 1301 on the barrel body is 1/2-1/4 of the extension length of the groove 1301 on the barrel bottom, preferably, the extension length of the groove 1301 on the barrel body is a concave length The groove is formed at 1/3 of the extension length of the bottom of the cylinder, so as to ensure the fixing stability of the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 while avoiding the length of the groove 1301 on the cylinder body 1305 being too long.
法兰盘300贴附内筒130的外壁从内筒130的筒底1304延伸至内筒130的筒身1305,以至少对法兰盘300位于筒身1305的部分与内筒130进行固定。法兰盘300与内筒130的固定方式包括利用紧固件、卡接、焊接、粘接等现有技术中常见的固定方式。The flange 300 is attached to the outer wall of the inner cylinder 130 and extends from the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 to the cylinder body 1305 of the inner cylinder 130 to fix at least the part of the flange 300 located on the cylinder body 1305 and the inner cylinder 130 . The fixing method of the flange 300 and the inner cylinder 130 includes the use of fasteners, clamping, welding, bonding and other common fixing methods in the prior art.
法兰盘300上靠近筒身1305所在位置处包括固定区3006;紧固件通过法兰盘300上的固定区3006将法兰盘300固定于内筒130的筒底1304。A fixing area 3006 is included on the flange 300 near the cylinder body 1305 ; the fasteners fix the flange 300 to the cylinder bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 through the fixing area 3006 on the flange 300 .
筒身孔的设置位置一般根据法兰盘300的形状来设置,在一实施例中,为了保证法兰盘与内筒之间固定的稳定性,设置固定区沿法兰盘圆周方向均匀设置,如当法兰盘300为从中心部3002往远离中心部3002延伸的若干延伸部3003时,每一延伸部3003设有固定区3006,以保证每一延伸部3003与内筒130固定连接。The setting position of the cylinder hole is generally set according to the shape of the flange 300. In one embodiment, in order to ensure the stability of the fixing between the flange and the inner cylinder, the fixed area is set evenly along the circumferential direction of the flange. For example, when the flange 300 is a plurality of extension parts 3003 extending from the center part 3002 to away from the center part 3002 , each extension part 3003 is provided with a fixing area 3006 to ensure that each extension part 3003 is fixedly connected to the inner cylinder 130 .
为了加强法兰盘与内筒之间的稳固性,法兰盘300上还包括定位孔3001,紧固件通过定位孔3001以固定法兰盘300与内筒130。在一实施例中,该定位孔3001位于法兰盘300靠近筒底1304所在位置处,以使得紧固件通过定位孔3001以及内筒130筒底1304上的筒底孔1306以固定法兰盘300与内筒130。In order to strengthen the stability between the flange plate and the inner cylinder, the flange plate 300 further includes a positioning hole 3001 , and the fastener passes through the positioning hole 3001 to fix the flange plate 300 and the inner cylinder 130 . In one embodiment, the positioning hole 3001 is located at the position where the flange 300 is close to the bottom 1304 of the cylinder, so that the fastener can pass through the positioning hole 3001 and the bottom hole 1306 on the bottom 1304 of the inner cylinder 130 to fix the flange 300 and inner cylinder 130.
法兰盘300的延伸部3003的末端不超出凹槽1301的边沿,以避免法兰盘300影响内筒130的转动。进一步地,在一实施例中,法兰盘300从其中心部3002延伸出三个延伸部3003,此时,为了匹配该法兰盘300,凹槽从内筒中心往远离中心处延伸。The end of the extension portion 3003 of the flange 300 does not exceed the edge of the groove 1301 to prevent the flange 300 from affecting the rotation of the inner cylinder 130 . Further, in one embodiment, the flange 300 extends from its central portion 3002 with three extension portions 3003 . At this time, in order to match the flange 300 , the groove extends from the center of the inner cylinder away from the center.
在一实施例中,洗衣组件100与水箱200固定连接。进一步地,洗衣机本体1壳体分别形成洗衣组件100的外壳120、水箱200的盒体220。当需要添加洗涤水时,搬动整个洗衣机本体1至水路设置处,或将洗衣机本体1放置于设有水路的地方,将水路出水口对准水箱200的开口的位置。在又一实施例中,如图10、图11所示,洗衣组件100与水箱200可拆卸连接。由于洗衣机本体1尺寸小,水箱200与洗衣组件100可拆卸连接,以便于当需要添加洗涤水时,可将水箱200拆下添水,洗衣机本体1可任意放置在用户便利的地方且注水便利。当洗衣机本体1放置的位置设置了水路,则可将水路的出水口对准水箱200的开口处,当需要添加洗涤水时,打开盖体210即可;当洗衣机本体1放置的位置未设置水路,当需要添加洗涤水时,拆下水箱200即可。In one embodiment, the laundry assembly 100 is fixedly connected to the water tank 200 . Further, the shell of the washing machine body 1 respectively forms the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 and the box body 220 of the water tank 200 . When the washing water needs to be added, move the entire washing machine body 1 to the place where the water channel is provided, or place the washing machine body 1 in the place where the water channel is provided, and align the water outlet of the water channel with the opening of the water tank 200 . In yet another embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 , the laundry assembly 100 is detachably connected to the water tank 200 . Due to the small size of the washing machine body 1, the water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100, so that when the washing water needs to be added, the water tank 200 can be removed to add water. When the washing machine body 1 is placed with a waterway, the water outlet of the waterway can be aligned with the opening of the water tank 200, and when washing water needs to be added, just open the cover 210; when the washing machine body 1 is placed where no waterway is set , when the washing water needs to be added, the water tank 200 can be removed.
在一实施例中,如图10、图12所示,水箱200包括盖体210、设有开口的盒体220,以共同夹持形成空腔230。盖体210外露,通过盖体210的运动以敞开或闭合开口;盒体220与盖体210共同夹持形成用以容纳洗涤水的空腔230;即通过开口向空腔230内补充洗涤水。盖体210的设置以防止空腔230内积尘而污染了洗涤水。In an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 12 , the water tank 200 includes a cover body 210 and a box body 220 with an opening, so as to be clamped together to form a cavity 230 . The cover body 210 is exposed, and the opening or closing is opened or closed by the movement of the cover body 210; the box body 220 and the cover body 210 are clamped together to form a cavity 230 for accommodating washing water; The cover body 210 is provided to prevent dust accumulation in the cavity 230 from contaminating the washing water.
进一步地,盖体210外表面内凹形成把手211,用以供用户抓持,以便于打开盖体210。Further, a handle 211 is concavely formed on the outer surface of the cover body 210 for the user to grasp, so as to open the cover body 210 .
在一实施例中,水箱200呈狭长状,满足容纳内筒130需求水量的同时缩小水箱200横截面尺寸,降低洗衣机本体1的前后距离。洗衣机本体1在使用时,通常内筒130开口处的门体110面向用户,缩短洗衣机本体1的前后距离,降低对洗衣机本体1放置的位置的前后距离要求,提供洗衣机本体1适用场地。In one embodiment, the water tank 200 has a long and narrow shape, which reduces the cross-sectional size of the water tank 200 and reduces the front-to-rear distance of the washing machine body 1 while meeting the water volume required for accommodating the inner tub 130 . When the washing machine body 1 is in use, the door body 110 at the opening of the inner tub 130 usually faces the user, which shortens the front-to-back distance of the washing machine body 1 , reduces the requirements for the front-to-back distance of the position where the washing machine body 1 is placed, and provides a suitable place for the washing machine body 1 .
在一实施例中,如图10、图11、图14所示,洗衣组件100的外壳120底部朝向水箱200方向延伸形成凸台123,水箱200底部抵靠于凸台123上表面。将水箱200置于凸台123上,水箱200的自重对凸台123施加向下的作用力,进而形成洗衣组件100的配重模块,用以平衡洗衣机本体1,无需在洗衣组件100的外壳120内再额外设置配重块,有利于洗衣组件100小型化设计。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 10 , 11 and 14 , the bottom of the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 extends toward the water tank 200 to form a boss 123 , and the bottom of the water tank 200 abuts against the upper surface of the boss 123 . The water tank 200 is placed on the boss 123, and the self-weight of the water tank 200 exerts a downward force on the boss 123, thereby forming a counterweight module of the laundry assembly 100 to balance the washing machine body 1, without the need for the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100. An additional weight block is arranged inside, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the laundry assembly 100 .
进一步地,凸台123底部设有容置槽(图中未示出),用以容纳洗衣机本体1的排水管道。将排 水管道置于凸台123底部的容置槽内,提高美观度,排水管道不占用洗衣组件100内部空间,以便于洗衣组件100内部结构的设置及排布,有利于洗衣机本体1的小型化设计。Further, an accommodating groove (not shown in the figure) is provided at the bottom of the boss 123 for accommodating the drainage pipe of the washing machine body 1 . The drainage pipes are placed in the accommodating grooves at the bottom of the boss 123 to improve the aesthetics, and the drainage pipes do not occupy the internal space of the laundry assembly 100, which facilitates the setting and arrangement of the internal structure of the laundry assembly 100, and is beneficial to the miniaturization of the washing machine body 1. design.
在一实施例中,洗衣机本体1用以清洗内衣物、袜子等小尺寸物品,内筒可用于处理0.5~1.5Kg干衣,水箱200的空腔230至少可容纳一次清洗和两次漂洗的水量。进一步地,水箱200容量为2~10L。优选地,水箱200容量为3~6L。用以提供洗衣机本体1完整一次洗涤程序的用水量,同时控制水箱200尺寸,以免影响整个洗衣机本体1的尺寸。In one embodiment, the washing machine body 1 is used to wash small-sized items such as inner clothes and socks, the inner cylinder can be used to process 0.5-1.5Kg dry clothes, and the cavity 230 of the water tank 200 can accommodate at least one wash and two rinses of water. . Further, the capacity of the water tank 200 is 2-10L. Preferably, the capacity of the water tank 200 is 3-6L. It is used to provide the water consumption of the washing machine body 1 for a complete washing procedure, and at the same time control the size of the water tank 200 so as not to affect the size of the entire washing machine body 1 .
在一实施例中,水箱200也可连接自动加水装置,则洗衣机本体1需放置在设有水路的场地,自动加水装置可使得水箱200内的洗涤水余量恒定,以免出现供水不足的现象。In one embodiment, the water tank 200 can also be connected to an automatic water filling device, and the washing machine body 1 needs to be placed in a site with a waterway. The automatic water filling device can make the remaining amount of washing water in the water tank 200 constant, so as to avoid insufficient water supply.
在又一实施例中,水箱200可选择性采用人工辅助加水或外界水路加水,洗衣机本体1可放置在用户任意使用便利的场地,水箱200的空腔230内设有水位传感器,用以感应水位传感器所处位置的水位变化;In yet another embodiment, the water tank 200 can selectively use artificial auxiliary water or external water to add water, the washing machine body 1 can be placed in any convenient place for the user, and a water level sensor is provided in the cavity 230 of the water tank 200 to sense the water level Changes in the water level where the sensor is located;
水箱200进入洗衣组件100的水路后,水箱200的盒体220通过电连接组件与洗衣组件100内的控制板电性连接,水位传感器与控制板进行信号传输,以使用户获知水箱200内的水位变化。通过在水箱内设置水位传感器,以感应空腔内相应位置的水位变化情况,指示用户当前水箱内部洗涤水余量,以免水箱储水量不足供应洗衣机本体当前运行模式的用水,而出现洗衣组件空运行,造成电能浪费、设备折旧。After the water tank 200 enters the water circuit of the laundry assembly 100, the box body 220 of the water tank 200 is electrically connected to the control board in the laundry assembly 100 through the electrical connection assembly, and the water level sensor and the control board perform signal transmission, so that the user can know the water level in the water tank 200. Variety. By setting a water level sensor in the water tank, it can sense the change of the water level in the corresponding position in the cavity, and indicate the user's current residual amount of washing water in the water tank, so as to avoid insufficient water storage in the water tank to supply water for the current operating mode of the washing machine body, and the laundry component runs idly. , resulting in waste of electric energy and depreciation of equipment.
进一步地,在一实施例中,一水位传感器设置于空腔230底部,用以感应空腔230内有水或无水状况。Further, in one embodiment, a water level sensor is disposed at the bottom of the cavity 230 for sensing the presence or absence of water in the cavity 230 .
进一步地,在一实施例中,至少一水位传感器设置于空腔230侧壁,以感应相应水位传感器所对应高度的水位状况。进一步地,至少两设置于空腔230侧壁的水位传感器高度不同,以分别指示洗衣组件100至少两不同用水模式对应的水量。具体地,洗衣机本体1通常具有常规清洗、漂洗、快洗模式,不同模式所需水量不同,根据洗衣机本体1所具有的需用水的不同衣物处理模式,分别匹配相应的水位传感器,以按照相应衣物处理模式的用水量明确水箱200的容纳水量。当洗衣机本体1具有常规清洗、漂洗、快洗三个需要不同用水量的衣物处理模式时,设置于空腔230侧壁的水位传感器数量有三个,纵向错开排布,三个水位传感器可设置于同一侧壁上,也可分成两组分别设置于两侧壁上,可分别感应三个衣物处理模式所需水量的水位高度即可。应当理解,当洗衣机本体1具有四个、五个或更多个不同用水量的衣物处理模式时,可根据客户需要,纵向设置相应数量的水位传感器。Further, in one embodiment, at least one water level sensor is disposed on the side wall of the cavity 230 to sense the water level at the height corresponding to the corresponding water level sensor. Further, at least two water level sensors disposed on the side walls of the cavity 230 are of different heights, so as to respectively indicate the amount of water corresponding to at least two different water consumption modes of the laundry assembly 100 . Specifically, the washing machine body 1 usually has normal washing, rinsing, and quick washing modes. Different modes require different amounts of water. According to the different clothes processing modes of the washing machine body 1 that require water, the corresponding water level sensors are respectively matched. The amount of water in the treatment mode specifies the amount of water stored in the water tank 200 . When the washing machine body 1 has three laundry treatment modes that require different water consumptions, namely normal washing, rinsing, and quick washing, there are three water level sensors disposed on the side wall of the cavity 230, which are arranged vertically staggered, and the three water level sensors can be disposed at On the same side wall, it can also be divided into two groups and arranged on the two side walls respectively, and the water level height of the water amount required by the three laundry treatment modes can be sensed respectively. It should be understood that when the washing machine body 1 has four, five or more laundry treatment modes with different water consumption, a corresponding number of water level sensors can be longitudinally arranged according to customer needs.
在一实施例中,水位传感器包括水位探针或红外液位传感器。当水位传感器为水位探针时,当空腔230内水位不低于该水位探针所处高度时,水位探针接触水而电路导通,向控制板发出有水的反馈信号;当空腔230内水位低于该水位探针所处高度时,水位探针不接触水时电路断开,控制板无水位探针反馈的信号。当水位传感器为红外液位传感器时,当空腔230内水位不低于该红外液位传感器所处高度时,红外液位传感器接触到水时,红外液位传感器发射端发出的光发生折射,红外液位传感器的接收端接收不到光或接收少量光,则控制板无红外液位传感器反馈的信号;当空腔230内水位低于该红外液位传感器所处高度时,红外液位传感器接触不到水,其发射端发出的光会从其透镜结构反射到红外液位传感器的接收端,接收端接收到光信息,向控制板发出红外液位传感器所处位置无水信息 反馈。In one embodiment, the water level sensor includes a water level probe or an infrared level sensor. When the water level sensor is a water level probe, when the water level in the cavity 230 is not lower than the height of the water level probe, the water level probe contacts the water and the circuit is turned on, sending a feedback signal of water to the control board; When the water level is lower than the height of the water level probe, the circuit is disconnected when the water level probe does not touch the water, and the control panel has no feedback signal from the water level probe. When the water level sensor is an infrared level sensor, when the water level in the cavity 230 is not lower than the height of the infrared level sensor, when the infrared level sensor contacts the water, the light emitted by the transmitting end of the infrared level sensor is refracted, and the infrared level sensor is refracted. If the receiving end of the liquid level sensor does not receive light or receives a small amount of light, the control board has no signal fed back by the infrared liquid level sensor; when the water level in the cavity 230 is lower than the height of the infrared liquid level sensor, the infrared liquid level sensor does not contact the infrared liquid level sensor. When it reaches the water, the light emitted by the transmitting end will be reflected from its lens structure to the receiving end of the infrared liquid level sensor.
具体地,在一实施例中,如图12所示,设置于空腔230底部的为红外液位传感器240,设置于空腔230侧壁上的为水位探针。当洗衣机本体1具有常规清洗、漂洗、快洗三个需要不同用水量的衣物处理模式时,空腔230侧壁上从上至下纵向分布有第一水位探针251、第二水位探针252、第三水位探针253,以分别感应漂洗、常规清洗、快洗所对应的用水量。Specifically, in one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12 , the infrared liquid level sensor 240 is disposed on the bottom of the cavity 230 , and the water level probe is disposed on the side wall of the cavity 230 . When the washing machine body 1 has three laundry treatment modes that require different water consumptions, namely normal washing, rinsing, and quick washing, the first water level probe 251 and the second water level probe 252 are longitudinally distributed on the side wall of the cavity 230 from top to bottom. and the third water level probe 253 to sense the water consumption corresponding to rinsing, normal cleaning and quick cleaning respectively.
进一步地,在一实施例中,水箱200与洗衣组件100固定连接,水箱200内的水位传感器的线束依次穿过盒体220、外壳120后,与外壳120内的控制板电性连接,以将水位传感器感应的水位变化信息发送至控制板,控制板控制指示组件指示用户及时加水。Further, in one embodiment, the water tank 200 is fixedly connected to the laundry assembly 100, and the wire harness of the water level sensor in the water tank 200 passes through the box body 220 and the casing 120 in sequence, and is electrically connected to the control board in the casing 120 to connect The water level change information sensed by the water level sensor is sent to the control board, and the control board controls the indicating component to instruct the user to add water in time.
在又一实施例中,水箱200与洗衣组件100可拆卸连接,水箱200进入洗衣组件100的水路后,水箱200与洗衣组件100通过电连接器(图中未示出)电性连接,以使得水位传感器与外壳120内的控制板电性连接,实现水位传感器与控制板之间的信号传输,以将水位传感器感应的水位变化信息发送至控制板。水箱200与洗衣组件100可拆卸连接,使得洗衣机本体不会收到应用场地有无设置水路的限制,可根据用户使用习惯放置在任意位置,且水箱200拆卸便捷,水箱200相对于洗衣机本体1更轻便,加水便利,应用场景多,用户使用便利。电连接器为电器接插件,包括相匹配的公端接头、母端接头,两接头分别设置于水箱200的盒体220与洗衣组件100的外壳120上,设置于水箱200的盒体220的接头与水箱200内位置相对应的水位传感器电性连接,设置于洗衣组件100的外壳120上的接头与其内部的控制板电性连接,当公端接头与母端接头对接后则接通水箱200与洗衣组件100的电路连接。当水箱200自洗衣组件100上拆卸下来时,盒体220与洗衣组件100内的控制板的电性连接断开;当水箱200添水后固定于洗衣组件100一侧后,盒体220与洗衣组件100内的控制板电性连接接通,进而使得水位传感器与控制板对接,当水位传感器感应的水位状况发生变化,将水位状况变化信息传输至控制板,控制板再控制相关指示组件向用户发送水位指示信息,使得用户获知当前水位状况。进一步地,当前水位状况包括相应的水位传感器所处位置有水或无水。In yet another embodiment, the water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100. After the water tank 200 enters the water circuit of the laundry assembly 100, the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 are electrically connected through an electrical connector (not shown in the figure), so that The water level sensor is electrically connected to the control board in the casing 120 to realize signal transmission between the water level sensor and the control board, so as to send the water level change information sensed by the water level sensor to the control board. The water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100, so that the washing machine body will not be restricted by the presence or absence of water channels in the application site, and can be placed at any position according to the user's usage habits. Lightweight, convenient for adding water, many application scenarios, and convenient for users to use. The electrical connector is an electrical connector, including a matching male end connector and a female end connector. The two connectors are respectively arranged on the box body 220 of the water tank 200 and the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100, and are arranged on the connector of the box body 220 of the water tank 200. The water level sensor corresponding to the position in the water tank 200 is electrically connected, and the connector provided on the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 is electrically connected to the control board inside. The electrical connections of the laundry assembly 100. When the water tank 200 is detached from the laundry assembly 100, the electrical connection between the box body 220 and the control board in the laundry assembly 100 is disconnected; when the water tank 200 is filled with water and fixed to one side of the laundry assembly 100, the box body 220 and the laundry assembly The electrical connection of the control board in 100 is connected, so that the water level sensor is connected to the control board. When the water level condition sensed by the water level sensor changes, the water level change information is transmitted to the control board, and the control board controls the relevant indication components to send to the user. The water level indication information enables the user to know the current water level condition. Further, the current water level condition includes whether there is water or no water at the location where the corresponding water level sensor is located.
进一步地,电连接器包括内嵌于盒体220上的母端接头、凸设于洗衣组件100的外壳120上的公端接头;公端接头设有若干金属探针,母端接头设有若干插孔,公端接头的若干金属探针与相应的插孔位置相对后插入,使得公端接头插入母端接头后,实现水箱200与洗衣组件100的电性连接,进而使得控制板与水位传感器电连接,使得控制板能够接收到水位传感器发出的水位状况变化信息。呈插孔式的母端接头设置于盒体220上,当水箱200自洗衣组件100一侧拆卸下后,便于水箱200的安置。Further, the electrical connector includes a female end connector embedded in the box body 220 and a male end connector protruding from the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100; the male end connector is provided with several metal probes, and the female end connector is provided with several metal probes The jack, several metal probes of the male end connector are inserted relative to the corresponding jack positions, so that after the male end connector is inserted into the female end connector, the electrical connection between the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 is realized, and then the control board and the water level sensor are connected. The electrical connection enables the control board to receive the water level change information sent by the water level sensor. The socket-type female end connector is disposed on the box body 220 , and when the water tank 200 is removed from the laundry assembly 100 side, the installation of the water tank 200 is convenient.
进一步地,一水位传感器设置于空腔230底部,用以感应空腔230内有水或无水状况,与该水位传感器对应设置的电连接器的一接头则设置于盒体220的底部,为了便于水箱200的放置,设置于盒体220上的母端接头(图中未示出)内嵌于盒体220底壁内,以使得该电连接器接头的设置不影响水箱200的放置。盒体220设置的与设置于空腔230底部的水位传感器电性连接的母端接头相匹配的公端接头(图中未示出)设置于凸台123上,以便设置于空腔230底部的水位传感器与洗衣组件100内的控制板电性连接。Further, a water level sensor is arranged at the bottom of the cavity 230 to sense whether there is water or no water in the cavity 230, and a joint of the electrical connector corresponding to the water level sensor is arranged at the bottom of the box body 220, in order to To facilitate the placement of the water tank 200 , the female end joint (not shown in the figure) provided on the box body 220 is embedded in the bottom wall of the box body 220 , so that the arrangement of the electrical connector joint does not affect the placement of the water tank 200 . The male end connector (not shown in the figure) that is provided on the box body 220 and is electrically connected to the female end connector of the water level sensor arranged at the bottom of the cavity 230 is arranged on the boss 123 so as to be arranged on the bottom of the cavity 230. The water level sensor is electrically connected to the control board in the laundry assembly 100 .
进一步地,至少两设置于空腔230侧壁的水位传感器高度不同,以分别指示洗衣组件100至少两不同用水模式对应的水量,每一水位传感器对应匹配一电连接器。Further, at least two water level sensors disposed on the side walls of the cavity 230 are of different heights to respectively indicate the amount of water corresponding to at least two different water consumption modes of the laundry assembly 100 , and each water level sensor corresponds to an electrical connector.
在一实施例中,洗衣组件100设有指示组件,用以指示空腔230内水位变化。进一步地,指示组件包括闪烁灯指示组件或声音指示组件;指示组件包括不同指示状态,用以分别指示相应的水位传感器对应的水位变化。进一步地,水位传感器数目为至少两个。当指示组件为闪烁灯指示组件时,闪烁灯指示组件可通过不同闪烁频率或不同颜色灯光闪烁或渐变颜色灯光闪烁来区分指示不同水位传感器感应的水位变换。当指示组件为声音指示组件时,声音指示组件可通过示警声音次数或示警声音不同发音来区分指示不同水位传感器感应的水位变换。In one embodiment, the laundry assembly 100 is provided with an indicating assembly for indicating the change of the water level in the cavity 230 . Further, the indicating component includes a flashing light indicating component or a sound indicating component; the indicating component includes different indicating states to respectively indicate the water level changes corresponding to the corresponding water level sensors. Further, the number of water level sensors is at least two. When the indicating component is a blinking light indicating component, the blinking light indicating component can distinguish the water level changes sensed by different water level sensors through different blinking frequencies or blinking of different colors of lights or gradient colors of lights. When the indicating component is a sound indicating component, the sound indicating component can distinguish and indicate the water level changes sensed by different water level sensors through the number of warning sounds or different utterances of the warning sound.
在一实施例中,如图10所示,洗衣组件100设有烘干组件180,用以执行烘干;烘干组件180包括直排风道(图中未示出),用以将烘干过程中内筒内形成的湿热空气排出至洗衣组件外;In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10 , the laundry assembly 100 is provided with a drying assembly 180 for drying; the drying assembly 180 includes a straight exhaust duct (not shown in the figure) for drying During the process, the hot and humid air formed in the inner cylinder is discharged to the outside of the laundry assembly;
直排风道内设有湿度传感器,用以采集所处位置湿度并将采集传输至洗衣组件内的控制板;当采集湿度的阈值达到烘干预设的停止阈值时,控制板发出停止指令,以配置烘干组件180终止烘干。具体地,随着烘干程序执行时间的流失,内筒130内衣物含水量降低,进而自内筒130进入到直排风道的空气湿度降低,当内筒130内衣物干燥度达到要求时,直排风道内湿度降低到一定数值。通过湿度传感器实时采集其所处位置的湿度,当湿度降低到烘干停止阈值时,表明内筒130内衣物干燥度达到要求,进而可以停止烘干操作。对于迷你洗衣机而言,采用在烘干风道内设置湿度传感器进行判干,替代传统的在内筒130进气口、出气口分别设置一温度传感器的方案,安装便捷、占用空间小。There is a humidity sensor in the straight exhaust air duct to collect the humidity at the location and transmit the collection to the control board in the laundry component; when the threshold value of the collected humidity reaches the preset stop threshold for drying, the control board issues a stop command, Drying is terminated by configuring the drying assembly 180 . Specifically, with the loss of the execution time of the drying program, the moisture content of the clothes in the inner tub 130 decreases, and the humidity of the air entering the straight exhaust duct from the inner tub 130 decreases. When the dryness of the clothes in the inner tub 130 reaches the requirement, The humidity in the straight exhaust air duct is reduced to a certain value. The humidity of the location is collected in real time by the humidity sensor, and when the humidity decreases to the drying stop threshold, it indicates that the dryness of the clothes in the inner tub 130 meets the requirement, and the drying operation can be stopped. For the mini washing machine, a humidity sensor is used in the drying air duct to determine drying, instead of the traditional solution of setting a temperature sensor at the air inlet and air outlet of the inner tub 130, which is convenient for installation and takes up less space.
进一步地,湿度传感器靠近直排风道的第一出气口121设置,此处的湿度状况与直排风道排至洗衣组件100外的空气的湿度状况最接近,湿度传感器采集的湿度值用以判干更为精确。Further, the humidity sensor is arranged close to the first air outlet 121 of the straight exhaust air duct, and the humidity condition here is closest to the humidity condition of the air discharged from the straight exhaust air duct to the outside of the laundry assembly 100, and the humidity value collected by the humidity sensor is used for Judgment is more precise.
进一步地,第一出气口121设有线屑收集器(图中未示出)。由于内筒130内衣物进行处理时,通常会洗出衣物上的物质、毛丝等线屑,若直接排至水箱200内,会污染水箱200。通过在第一出气口121处设置线屑收集器,收集自内筒130排出的线屑,可定期清理线屑收集器,以降低内筒130湿热空气的排出对水箱200的污染。Further, the first air outlet 121 is provided with a lint collector (not shown in the figure). Because when the clothes in the inner cylinder 130 are processed, lint such as substances and filaments on the clothes are usually washed out. If they are directly discharged into the water tank 200 , the water tank 200 will be polluted. By arranging a lint collector at the first air outlet 121 to collect the lint discharged from the inner cylinder 130 , the lint collector can be cleaned regularly to reduce the contamination of the water tank 200 due to the discharge of hot and humid air from the inner cylinder 130 .
进一步地,烘干组件180的烘干风道的进风口处设置线屑过滤器(图中未示出)。洗衣机本体1执行烘干程序时,自进风口处通入外界新空气,加热装置1822对新空气进行加热,形成热空气以对内筒130内的湿衣物进行干燥处理。由于外界环境中存在飞尘或毛丝等杂物,在烘干风道吸入新空气的过程中容易将外界环境中的杂物一并吸入,进而在烘干风道的进风口内设置线屑过滤器,以对进入的新空气进行过滤,以免烘干风道吸入杂物而导致烘干风道甚至内筒污染。此外,在本实施例中,由于进风口的设置,内筒130内新空气补充及时,则洗衣组件100的外壳120无需设置第一进气口122,盒体220无需设置第二出气口222,以通过水箱200对内筒130进行新空气补充。Further, a lint filter (not shown in the figure) is provided at the air inlet of the drying air duct of the drying assembly 180 . When the washing machine body 1 executes the drying procedure, fresh air from the outside is introduced from the air inlet, and the heating device 1822 heats the fresh air to form hot air to dry the wet clothes in the inner tub 130 . Due to the existence of debris such as flying dust or wool in the external environment, it is easy to inhale the debris in the external environment during the process of inhaling new air in the drying air duct, and then set lint in the air inlet of the drying air duct The filter is used to filter the incoming new air, so as to prevent the drying air duct from inhaling sundries and causing the drying air duct and even the inner cylinder to be polluted. In addition, in this embodiment, due to the arrangement of the air inlet, the fresh air in the inner cylinder 130 is replenished in time, so the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 does not need to be provided with the first air inlet 122, and the box body 220 does not need to be provided with the second air outlet 222. In order to supplement the inner cylinder 130 with fresh air through the water tank 200 .
在一实施例中,水箱200朝向直排风道的第一出气口121设置;第一出气口121与水箱200的空腔230连通;开启烘干后,直排风道内的湿热空气通入空腔230,经空腔230内壁和/或容纳的洗涤水冷却后的空气排出至洗衣机本体1外。洗衣机本体1开启烘干程序时,洗衣组件100内的烘干组件180开始执行烘干,烘干组件180的加热元件对冷空气加热形成热空气,在烘干组件180的风机的作用下通入内筒130中,热空气吸收洗涤衣物中的水分形成湿热空气后自内筒130内排出。对于常规的大洗衣机本体,洗衣机本体通过内部设置冷凝器对湿热空气进行冷却处理形成冷凝水排出或经冷凝器冷凝后的空气经过加热元件加热形成热空气以循环使用。对于迷你洗衣机,由于整体尺寸小,内部空间 小,难以容纳尺寸较大的冷凝器,则通过设计直排风道以采用直排方式将烘干过程中内筒130排出的湿热空气直接排入外界环境中,这种方式一方面会导致迷你洗衣机所处环境湿度、温度的增加,影响用户体验感及迷你洗衣机的寿命;另一方面排出的湿热空气易在迷你洗衣机外壁上冷凝挂珠,视觉感、用户体验感差,增加用户费劳力清理迷你洗衣机表面。通过将内筒130烘干过程中产生的湿热空气先通入水箱200内,接触水箱200内壁而冷却和/或与空腔230冷空气交换热能和/或与空腔230内洗涤水交换热能,部分湿热空气冷却形成冷凝水汇入洗涤水中,部分空气温度一定程度降低后经水箱200的盖体210与盒体220的装配处排出至外部环境中,降低洗衣机本体1烘干过程中排出的空气对外界环境的湿度的影响。In one embodiment, the water tank 200 is disposed toward the first air outlet 121 of the straight exhaust duct; the first air outlet 121 is communicated with the cavity 230 of the water tank 200; after drying is turned on, the hot and humid air in the straight exhaust air duct flows into the air. In the cavity 230 , the air cooled by the inner wall of the cavity 230 and/or the contained washing water is discharged to the outside of the washing machine body 1 . When the washing machine body 1 starts the drying program, the drying assembly 180 in the laundry assembly 100 starts to dry, and the heating element of the drying assembly 180 heats the cold air to form hot air, which flows into the interior under the action of the fan of the drying assembly 180. In the tub 130 , the hot air absorbs moisture in the laundry to form moist hot air and is then discharged from the inner tub 130 . For a conventional large washing machine body, the washing machine body uses a condenser inside to cool the humid and hot air to form condensed water for discharge or the air condensed by the condenser is heated by a heating element to form hot air for recycling. For the mini washing machine, due to the small overall size and small internal space, it is difficult to accommodate a large-sized condenser, so the hot and humid air discharged from the inner tub 130 during the drying process is directly discharged to the outside by designing a straight exhaust duct to adopt a straight exhaust method. In the environment, on the one hand, this method will increase the humidity and temperature of the environment where the mini washing machine is located, which will affect the user experience and the life of the mini washing machine; , The user experience is poor, which increases the user's labor and effort to clean the surface of the mini washing machine. By passing the hot and humid air generated during the drying process of the inner cylinder 130 into the water tank 200 first, contacting the inner wall of the water tank 200 to cool and/or exchange heat energy with the cold air in the cavity 230 and/or exchange heat energy with the washing water in the cavity 230, Part of the hot and humid air is cooled to form condensed water that flows into the washing water, and part of the air temperature is reduced to a certain extent and then discharged to the external environment through the assembly of the cover body 210 and the box body 220 of the water tank 200 to reduce the air discharged from the washing machine body 1 during the drying process. The effect of humidity on the external environment.
进一步地,第一出气口121处设置风门(图中未示出);当烘干停止时关闭风门,用以阻止空腔230内水汽进入烘干风道内。停止烘干时,烘干组件180的风机停止运行,烘干风道与空腔230内空气会发生交换,而由于空腔230用以储存水,其储存的水导致空腔230具有一定的湿度,为了防止空腔230内的水汽通过烘干风道进入内筒130,而使得内筒130内的易干燥完毕的衣物受潮,设置风门,停止烘干时,风门关闭,以使得烘干风道与空腔230断开连通。Further, a damper (not shown in the figure) is provided at the first air outlet 121; when drying stops, the damper is closed to prevent the water vapor in the cavity 230 from entering the drying air duct. When the drying is stopped, the fan of the drying assembly 180 stops running, and the drying air duct and the air in the cavity 230 will be exchanged. Since the cavity 230 is used to store water, the stored water causes the cavity 230 to have a certain humidity. , in order to prevent the water vapor in the cavity 230 from entering the inner cylinder 130 through the drying air duct, and causing the clothes that are easily dried in the inner cylinder 130 to be damp, a damper is set. When the drying is stopped, the damper is closed to make the drying air duct Communication with cavity 230 is disconnected.
在一实施例中,第一出气口121设置于洗衣组件100的外壳120的背面,即水箱200位于洗衣组件100的背面,提高洗衣机本体1正面结构的对称性,提高美观度;此外,内筒130排出的湿热空气经过水箱200内壁或内部冷空气或容纳的洗涤水一定程度的冷却后,自水箱200的盖体210与盒体220的装配处缝隙溢出,由于水箱200对空腔230内的湿热空气的冷却为自然冷却,此时排出的空气还具有一定的湿度,从洗衣机本体1排出具有一定湿度的空气,从洗衣机本体1背部散开,若部分冷凝形成水珠,则存在于洗衣机本体1背部,不影响美观,且这部分水珠量少,自然蒸发快,对洗衣机本体1所处环境的湿度影响不大。In one embodiment, the first air outlet 121 is disposed on the back of the outer shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100, that is, the water tank 200 is located on the back of the laundry assembly 100, which improves the symmetry of the front structure of the washing machine body 1 and improves the aesthetics; After the hot and humid air discharged from the water tank 200 is cooled to a certain extent by the inner wall of the water tank 200 or the internal cold air or the contained washing water, it overflows from the gap where the cover body 210 of the water tank 200 and the box body 220 are assembled. The cooling of the hot and humid air is natural cooling, and the air discharged at this time also has a certain humidity. The air with a certain humidity is discharged from the washing machine body 1 and spreads out from the back of the washing machine body 1. If part of the condensation forms water droplets, it exists in the washing machine body. 1 The back does not affect the appearance, and the amount of water droplets in this part is small, and the natural evaporation is fast, which has little effect on the humidity of the environment where the washing machine body 1 is located.
在一实施例中,烘干组件180设有的用以通入外界新空气的进气口通过阀门关闭;洗衣组件100的外壳120设有第一进气口122;第一进气口122与空腔230连通,以将空腔230的部分空气通入洗衣组件100的内筒130,以补偿内筒130内部压力。由于烘干过程中,内筒130内的湿热空气不断排出,内筒130内的空气量变少而导致压力低于外部,形成类似真空的状态,通过在外壳120上设置与空腔230连通的第一进气口122,将空腔230内的空气通入内筒130内,向内筒130补充空气来补偿内筒130内部压力的降低。In one embodiment, the air inlet provided in the drying assembly 180 for introducing fresh air from the outside is closed by a valve; the casing 120 of the laundry assembly 100 is provided with a first air inlet 122; the first air inlet 122 is connected to the The cavity 230 is communicated to pass part of the air of the cavity 230 into the inner tub 130 of the laundry assembly 100 to compensate the inner pressure of the inner tub 130 . During the drying process, the hot and humid air in the inner cylinder 130 is continuously discharged, and the amount of air in the inner cylinder 130 is reduced, resulting in a lower pressure than the outside, forming a vacuum-like state. An air inlet 122 passes the air in the cavity 230 into the inner cylinder 130 , and supplements the air to the inner cylinder 130 to compensate for the decrease of the internal pressure of the inner cylinder 130 .
进一步地,水箱200的盒体220设有第二进气口221、第二出气口222,以分别与第一出气口121、第一进气口122连通;空腔230内壁设有挡板,位于第二进气口221、第二出气口222之间。由于第一出气口121通过第二进气口221向空腔230内通入湿热空气,为了降低湿热空气依次通过第二出气口222、第一进气口122后,通过相应的风道进入到内筒130内,导致内筒130内部湿度的增加。在第二进气口221、第二出气口222之间设置挡板,用以阻碍自第二进气口221通入的湿热空气流向第二出气口222。Further, the box body 220 of the water tank 200 is provided with a second air inlet 221 and a second air outlet 222 to communicate with the first air outlet 121 and the first air inlet 122 respectively; the inner wall of the cavity 230 is provided with a baffle plate, It is located between the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 . Since the first air outlet 121 passes hot and humid air into the cavity 230 through the second air inlet 221, in order to reduce the amount of hot and humid air passing through the second air outlet 222 and the first air inlet 122 in sequence, it enters through the corresponding air duct into the cavity 230. inside the inner cylinder 130 , resulting in an increase in the humidity inside the inner cylinder 130 . A baffle plate is arranged between the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 to prevent the hot and humid air introduced from the second air inlet 221 from flowing to the second air outlet 222 .
进一步地,在一实施例中,挡板数目为至少两个;相邻两挡板交错设置且分别靠近空腔230顶端、底端分布,以形成呈弯曲的气流通道。内筒130排出的湿热空气进入空腔230,除了接触空腔230内壁及空腔230内储存的洗涤水后进行热量交换以实现冷却,湿热空气在空腔230内流通时,部分湿热空 气进入气流通道,接触挡板并与挡板进行热量交换,以加快水箱200对内筒130排入的湿热空气的冷却效果。此外,若干挡板的设置,能够较好地隔开第二进气口221、第二出气口222,以防止空腔230内的湿热空气通过第二进气口221再次进入到内筒130中。具体地,如图13所示,图13为一实施例中若干挡板在水箱200设有第二进气口221、第二出气口222的第一侧壁223上的分布关系示意图,挡板可设置于第一侧壁223上,挡板另一侧壁可抵靠于水箱200的与第一侧壁223相对的内表面上(图中未示出)。挡板的数目为五个,包括三个第一挡板261、两个第二挡板262。第一挡板261靠近空腔230顶部设置,第二挡板262靠近空腔230底部设置。由于在一实施例中,水箱200呈狭长状且空腔230呈弯曲状,第一挡板261的宽度小于第二挡板262的宽度。此外,在一实施例中,水箱200的盖体210内凹形成把手211,空腔230顶部空间小,第一挡板261的形状呈弯折状(图中未示出),以让位把手211内表面的凸起结构。Further, in one embodiment, the number of baffles is at least two; two adjacent baffles are alternately arranged and distributed close to the top and bottom ends of the cavity 230 to form a curved airflow channel. The humid and hot air discharged from the inner cylinder 130 enters the cavity 230, except that it contacts the inner wall of the cavity 230 and the washing water stored in the cavity 230 and exchanges heat to achieve cooling. When the humid and hot air circulates in the cavity 230, part of the humid and hot air enters the airflow The channel contacts the baffle and exchanges heat with the baffle, so as to speed up the cooling effect of the water tank 200 on the hot and humid air discharged from the inner cylinder 130 . In addition, the arrangement of several baffles can better separate the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 to prevent the hot and humid air in the cavity 230 from entering the inner cylinder 130 again through the second air inlet 221 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the distribution relationship of several baffles on the first side wall 223 of the water tank 200 provided with the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 in an embodiment. It can be disposed on the first side wall 223, and the other side wall of the baffle can abut against the inner surface of the water tank 200 opposite to the first side wall 223 (not shown in the figure). The number of baffles is five, including three first baffles 261 and two second baffles 262 . The first baffle 261 is disposed near the top of the cavity 230 , and the second baffle 262 is disposed near the bottom of the cavity 230 . Since in one embodiment, the water tank 200 is elongated and the cavity 230 is curved, the width of the first baffle 261 is smaller than the width of the second baffle 262 . In addition, in one embodiment, the cover body 210 of the water tank 200 is recessed to form a handle 211, the top space of the cavity 230 is small, and the shape of the first baffle 261 is bent (not shown in the figure) to make way for the handle 211 Raised structures on the inner surface.
进一步地,洗衣机本体1还包括:Further, the washing machine body 1 also includes:
第一管道,用以连通第一出气口121、第二进气口221;The first pipe is used to communicate with the first air outlet 121 and the second air inlet 221;
第二管道,用以连通第二出气口222、第一进气口122。第一出气口121、第二进气口221通过密封的第一管道连通,第二出气口222、第一进气口122通过密封的第二管道连通,以防止空气在洗衣组件100与水箱200之间流通过程中,自第一出气口121、第二进气口221之间或自第二出气口222、第一进气口122之间装配处溢出,造成洗衣组件100与水箱200装配缝隙处的潮湿。进一步地,当洗衣组件100与水箱200可拆卸连接时,第一管道、第二管道设置于洗衣组件100上,固定水箱200时,将第一管道、第二管道分别伸入相匹配的第二进气口221、第二出气口222内。进一步地,第二进气口221、第二出气口222设置密封圈,用以分别密封第一管道与第二进气口221的装配处及第二管道与第二出气口222的装配处。The second pipe is used to communicate with the second air outlet 222 and the first air inlet 122 . The first air outlet 121 and the second air inlet 221 are communicated through a sealed first duct, and the second air outlet 222 and the first air inlet 122 are communicated through a sealed second duct, so as to prevent air from entering the laundry assembly 100 and the water tank 200. During the flow between the two, overflow from between the first air outlet 121 and the second air inlet 221 or from the assembly between the second air outlet 222 and the first air inlet 122, resulting in the assembly gap between the laundry component 100 and the water tank 200. damp. Further, when the laundry assembly 100 and the water tank 200 are detachably connected, the first pipe and the second pipe are arranged on the laundry assembly 100. When the water tank 200 is fixed, the first pipe and the second pipe are respectively extended into the matching second pipes. Inside the air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 . Further, the second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 are provided with sealing rings to respectively seal the assembly position of the first pipe and the second air inlet 221 and the assembly position of the second pipe and the second air outlet 222 .
在一实施例中,水箱200设有第三出气口;空腔230内经冷却后的空气部分通过第三出气口排出,部分通过盖体210与盒体220装配处排出。当洗衣机本体1烘干过程中产生的湿热空气较多,而盒体220与盖体210装配缝隙不大,排气速度低,若不及时排出空腔230内的空气,则会导致空腔230内部压力过大而易发生危险。通过设置第三出气口,及时排除空腔230内部的空气,一方面提高洗衣机本体1的使用安全性,另一方面降低空腔230内部的空气含量,以免湿热空气与已经经过冷却的空气接触,而影响了水箱200对湿热空气的冷凝效果。In one embodiment, the water tank 200 is provided with a third air outlet; part of the cooled air in the cavity 230 is discharged through the third air outlet, and part is discharged through the assembly of the cover body 210 and the box body 220 . When the washing machine body 1 generates a lot of hot and humid air during the drying process, the assembly gap between the box body 220 and the cover body 210 is not large, and the exhaust speed is low. If the air in the cavity 230 is not discharged in time, the cavity 230 will Excessive internal pressure can be dangerous. By arranging the third air outlet, the air inside the cavity 230 can be removed in time, on the one hand, the use safety of the washing machine body 1 is improved, and on the other hand, the air content in the cavity 230 is reduced, so as to prevent the hot and humid air from contacting the cooled air. This affects the condensation effect of the water tank 200 on the hot and humid air.
进一步地,水箱200容纳所需容量的水后,空腔230内的水位位于盖体210、盒体220装配缝隙下方,以避免洗涤水溢出至洗衣机本体1外;空腔230内的水位也位于第二进气口221、第二出气口222下方,以免水箱200内水流入洗衣机本体组件100内部。Further, after the water tank 200 contains the water of the required capacity, the water level in the cavity 230 is located below the assembly gap of the cover body 210 and the box body 220 to prevent the washing water from overflowing outside the washing machine body 1; the water level in the cavity 230 is also located at The second air inlet 221 and the second air outlet 222 are below the second air outlet 222 to prevent the water in the water tank 200 from flowing into the inside of the washing machine body assembly 100 .
在一实施例中,洗衣机本体1还包括用以支撑其内部部件的支撑框架160;支撑框架160包括框体161、固定于框体161正面的门框162;水箱200设置于支撑框架160内或可拆卸的设置于支撑框架160外部包覆的外壳120一侧;其中,In one embodiment, the washing machine body 1 further includes a support frame 160 for supporting its internal components; the support frame 160 includes a frame body 161 and a door frame 162 fixed on the front of the frame body 161 ; the water tank 200 is disposed in the support frame 160 or can be The disassembled is disposed on the side of the outer shell 120 covered by the support frame 160; wherein,
框体161支撑洗衣机本体1的筒体组件;具体地,筒体组件用以处理待洗涤衣物,筒体组件包括内筒130、外筒140、前筒150,内筒130用以放置待洗涤衣物,外筒140与前筒150、内筒130外壁共同形成洗衣机本体1洗涤过程中临时储水空间,以向内筒130内注入混有洗涤介质的洗涤水或用以 漂洗的清水;The frame body 161 supports the cylinder assembly of the washing machine body 1; specifically, the cylinder assembly is used to handle the laundry to be washed, and the cylinder assembly includes an inner cylinder 130, an outer cylinder 140, and a front cylinder 150, and the inner cylinder 130 is used to place the laundry to be washed , the outer cylinder 140, the front cylinder 150 and the outer wall of the inner cylinder 130 together form a temporary water storage space during the washing process of the washing machine body 1, so as to inject the washing water mixed with the washing medium or the clean water for rinsing into the inner cylinder 130;
门框162设有缺口1621,用以形成洗衣机本体1的筒体组件的置物敞口;门框162设有固定洗衣机本体1的门体的面板结构,框体161外包覆的壳体与面板结构共同形成洗衣机本体1的外饰面。安装洗衣机本体1的外饰面时,直接将外饰面的门体安装于门框162上,无需在支撑框架160上安装额外的固定件来固定门体,即可稳固固定具有一定重量的门体,省去固定件所占用的空间,有利于洗衣机本体1的小型化设计。根据市场对洗衣机本体1外饰面外观的需求,可匹配设计出相应的门框162的面板结构。The door frame 162 is provided with a gap 1621 to form the opening of the barrel assembly of the washing machine body 1; the door frame 162 is provided with a panel structure for fixing the door body of the washing machine body 1, and the outer casing of the frame body 161 and the panel structure are common The outer surface of the washing machine body 1 is formed. When installing the exterior surface of the washing machine body 1, directly install the exterior door body on the door frame 162, without installing additional fixing parts on the support frame 160 to fix the door body, the door body with a certain weight can be stably fixed , the space occupied by the fixing parts is omitted, which is beneficial to the miniaturization design of the washing machine body 1 . According to the market demand for the exterior appearance of the washing machine body 1 , the corresponding panel structure of the door frame 162 can be matched and designed.
进一步地,门框162自上而下沿朝向远离框体方向倾斜设置,以使得缺口1621正对内筒130。内筒130倾斜设置时,则缺口1621同角度倾斜设置,以便用户投放待洗涤衣物。Further, the door frame 162 is inclined from top to bottom in a direction away from the frame body, so that the notch 1621 faces the inner cylinder 130 directly. When the inner tub 130 is inclined, the notches 1621 are inclined at the same angle, so that the user can put the laundry to be washed.
进一步地,如图18所示,缺口1621向外翻折形成卡接部16211,用以卡紧洗衣组件100的门封170一端;门封170另一端用以密封外筒140与洗衣组件100的前筒150的装配处。具体地,门封170的外端(即远离内筒130的一端)卡接于卡接部16211上,门封170的内端(即靠近内筒130的一端)卡接于洗衣机本体1的前筒150上并密封住前筒150与洗衣机本体1的外筒140之间的装配缝隙,以使得缺口1621、前筒150、外筒140共同形成一密封空间。通过卡接部16211、前筒150共同形成门封170的安装结构,无需设置额外的固定结构来安装门封170,以节省门封的安装对支撑框架170内部的空间的占用率。Further, as shown in FIG. 18 , the notch 1621 is folded outward to form a snap portion 16211 , which is used to clamp one end of the door seal 170 of the laundry assembly 100 ; the other end of the door seal 170 is used to seal the outer cylinder 140 and the laundry assembly 100 Assembly of the front barrel 150. Specifically, the outer end of the door seal 170 (ie the end away from the inner cylinder 130 ) is clamped on the clamping portion 16211 , and the inner end of the door seal 170 (ie the end close to the inner cylinder 130 ) is clamped at the front of the washing machine body 1 . The barrel 150 seals the assembly gap between the front barrel 150 and the outer barrel 140 of the washing machine body 1 , so that the gap 1621 , the front barrel 150 and the outer barrel 140 together form a sealed space. The installation structure of the door seal 170 is formed by the snap-fit portion 16211 and the front cylinder 150 together, and no additional fixing structure is required to install the door seal 170, so as to save the occupancy rate of the space inside the support frame 170 due to the installation of the door seal.
进一步地,如图15所示,门框162内凹形成第一凹陷部1622;缺口1621设置于第一凹陷部1622上,以使得卡接部16211卡接门封170一端后,门封170的正面略凸出于门框162。将缺口1621设置于第一凹陷部1622上,缺口1621的卡接部16211卡接门封170的外端后,门封170不会过多凸出于门框162外,以免影响门体安装后的整体视觉效果,同时还能避免因门封170过多凸出而影响门体上的门体的关闭。当洗衣机本体1的门体安装于门框162上后,门体上的门体关闭时,门体的内凹的门玻璃抵压于外凸于门框162的门封170外表面上,对门封170施加了向内的作用力,门封170产生弹性形变,以使得门体、门封170、前筒150、外筒140之间形成密封空间。Further, as shown in FIG. 15 , the door frame 162 is recessed to form a first concave portion 1622 ; the notch 1621 is provided on the first concave portion 1622 , so that after the latching portion 16211 latches on one end of the door seal 170 , the front surface of the door seal 170 It protrudes slightly beyond the door frame 162 . The notch 1621 is arranged on the first concave portion 1622, and after the engaging portion 16211 of the notch 1621 is engaged with the outer end of the door seal 170, the door seal 170 will not protrude too much out of the door frame 162, so as not to affect the installation of the door body. The overall visual effect can be avoided, and the closing of the door body on the door body can be avoided due to the excessive protrusion of the door seal 170 . When the door body of the washing machine body 1 is installed on the door frame 162 and the door body on the door body is closed, the concave door glass of the door body is pressed against the outer surface of the door seal 170 protruding from the door frame 162, and the door seal 170 is closed. When an inward force is applied, the door seal 170 is elastically deformed, so that a sealed space is formed between the door body, the door seal 170 , the front cylinder 150 and the outer cylinder 140 .
在一实施例中,门框162呈板状结构,以形成固定门体用的面板结构,面板结构设固定结构,以安装门体。进一步地,固定结构为安装孔(图中未标出),即门框162的面板结构上设有第四安装孔,洗衣机本体1的门体通过紧固件、第四安装孔的配合实现与门框162的固定。In one embodiment, the door frame 162 has a plate-like structure to form a panel structure for fixing the door body, and the panel structure is provided with a fixing structure to install the door body. Further, the fixing structure is an installation hole (not shown in the figure), that is, a fourth installation hole is provided on the panel structure of the door frame 162, and the door body of the washing machine body 1 is realized with the door frame through the cooperation of the fastener and the fourth installation hole. 162 fixed.
在一实施例中,支撑框架160为塑料件或钣金件。具体地,当支撑框架160为塑料件时,轻便、成本低,可一体成型形成支撑框架160,也可分步注塑形成支撑框架160。当支撑框架160为钣金件时,框体161的竖杆、横杆之间的连接,可通过紧固件连接;也可一体成型成包括横杆、竖杆的连接杆,相邻连接杆再通过紧固件连接;同样,框体161与门框162的连接可通过紧固件连接,可一体成型成门框162与两竖杆的整体结构。In one embodiment, the support frame 160 is a plastic part or a sheet metal part. Specifically, when the support frame 160 is a plastic part, the support frame 160 can be integrally formed with light weight and low cost, or the support frame 160 can be formed by step-by-step injection molding. When the supporting frame 160 is a sheet metal part, the connection between the vertical bars and the horizontal bars of the frame body 161 can be connected by fasteners; it can also be integrally formed into connecting bars including horizontal bars and vertical bars, and the adjacent connecting bars It is then connected by fasteners; similarly, the connection between the frame body 161 and the door frame 162 can be connected by fasteners, which can be integrally formed into an integral structure of the door frame 162 and the two vertical bars.
在一实施例中,如图15、图19所示,框体161呈长方体结构,包括位于正面的第一竖杆1611、第二竖杆1612及位于背面的第三竖杆1613、第四竖杆1614,四个竖杆均垂直设置,四个竖杆顶部通过四个横杆依次连接,四个竖杆底部通过另四个横杆依次连接,形成框体161。框体161的六个面均具有支撑力,提高支撑框架160的支撑强度,满足框体161尺寸小的同时,具有足够的支撑强度用以支 撑内部筒体组件及驱动组件。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 19 , the frame body 161 has a rectangular parallelepiped structure, including a first vertical rod 1611 and a second vertical rod 1612 on the front and a third vertical rod 1613 and a fourth vertical rod on the back. In the rod 1614 , the four vertical rods are all vertically arranged, the tops of the four vertical rods are sequentially connected by four horizontal rods, and the bottoms of the four vertical rods are sequentially connected by another four horizontal rods to form the frame body 161 . The six surfaces of the frame body 161 all have supporting force, which improves the support strength of the support frame 160, and at the same time, the frame body 161 is small in size, and has sufficient supporting strength to support the inner cylinder assembly and the drive assembly.
在一实施例中,框体161正面的两竖杆朝向远离框体161的方向延伸,以形成两衔接部,用以分别连接门框162两侧。具体地,在一实施例中,框体161呈长方体结构,框体161正面的两竖杆均为直杆,即第一竖杆1611、第二竖杆1612。第一竖杆1611、第二竖杆1612分别朝向远离框体161的方向延伸,以分别形成第一衔接部16111、第二衔接部16121。第一衔接部16111、第二衔接部16121分别用以连接门框162的两侧,以将门框162固定于框体161上。门框162的开口与内筒130的入口连通,内筒130外端自第一竖杆1611、第二竖杆1612之间的空间伸出框体161外以靠近缺口1621。即,内筒130入口所在外端的局部部位位于第一衔接部16111、第二衔接部16121、门框162共同夹持形成的空间内,进而保证支撑框架160满足容纳内筒130的空间的前提下,有利于框体161的小型化设计。In one embodiment, the two vertical bars on the front side of the frame body 161 extend in a direction away from the frame body 161 to form two connecting portions for connecting two sides of the door frame 162 respectively. Specifically, in one embodiment, the frame body 161 has a rectangular parallelepiped structure, and the two vertical bars on the front of the frame body 161 are both straight bars, namely the first vertical bar 1611 and the second vertical bar 1612 . The first vertical rods 1611 and the second vertical rods 1612 respectively extend in a direction away from the frame body 161 to form the first connecting portions 16111 and the second connecting portions 16121 respectively. The first connecting portion 16111 and the second connecting portion 16121 are respectively used for connecting two sides of the door frame 162 to fix the door frame 162 on the frame body 161 . The opening of the door frame 162 communicates with the inlet of the inner cylinder 130 , and the outer end of the inner cylinder 130 protrudes out of the frame body 161 from the space between the first vertical rod 1611 and the second vertical rod 1612 to approach the gap 1621 . That is, the part of the outer end where the entrance of the inner cylinder 130 is located is located in the space formed by the joint clamping of the first connecting portion 16111 , the second connecting portion 16121 and the door frame 162 , so as to ensure that the support frame 160 satisfies the space for accommodating the inner cylinder 130 , It is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the frame body 161 .
进一步地,如图19所示,框体161包括一体成型的底座1615,以提高框体161底部的支撑强度。具体地,底座1615包括底板16151、四竖板,底板16151中间镂空,四竖板分别用以形成包围第一竖杆1611、第二竖杆1612、第三竖杆1613、第四竖杆1614的结构,并使得底座1615与第一竖杆1611、第二竖杆1612、第三竖杆1613、第四竖杆1614相固定。通过底座1615的设置,提高框体161底部的支撑强度。Further, as shown in FIG. 19 , the frame body 161 includes an integrally formed base 1615 to improve the supporting strength of the bottom of the frame body 161 . Specifically, the base 1615 includes a bottom plate 16151 and four vertical plates. The middle of the bottom plate 16151 is hollowed out. structure, and the base 1615 is fixed with the first vertical rod 1611, the second vertical rod 1612, the third vertical rod 1613, and the fourth vertical rod 1614. Through the arrangement of the base 1615, the supporting strength of the bottom of the frame body 161 is improved.
进一步地,衔接部靠近框体161顶端设置。具体地,通常洗衣机本体1的筒体组件靠近支撑框架160的顶端设置,筒体组件底部与支撑框架160底部之间的空间用以容纳水管、吊杆等零部件,因而衔接部靠近框体161顶端设置,以使得连接于衔接部上的门框162的缺口1621能够面向内筒130的入口。为了具体阐述框体161的正面竖杆的结构,以框体161为长方体结构为例进行阐述,具体地以框体161的第一竖杆1611的结构进行阐述,第一竖杆1611形成的第一衔接部16111外凸于第一竖杆1611的底部支撑杆16112。第二竖杆1612的结构与第一竖杆1611的结构对称,对于第二竖杆1612的结构在此不再赘述。作为洗衣机本体1的前饰面板需装饰支撑框架160的整个正面结构,在一实施例中,门体可作为前饰面板,门体呈不规则结构,抵靠于支撑框架160正面安装,框体161正面底部设有与门体的安装结构(如安装孔)。在又一实施例中,洗衣机本体1的前装饰面包括门体和辅助面板,门体用以装饰门框162,辅助面板位于门体下方,辅助面板用以与门体共同形成前装饰面结构,共同抵靠于支撑框架160的正面。优选地,为了提高洗衣机本体1表面整齐性及美观度,洗衣机本体1的前装饰面结构为一安装有门体的整体面板结构。Further, the connecting portion is disposed near the top of the frame body 161 . Specifically, generally, the cylinder assembly of the washing machine body 1 is disposed near the top of the support frame 160 , and the space between the bottom of the cylinder assembly and the bottom of the support frame 160 is used to accommodate components such as water pipes and booms, so the connecting portion is close to the frame 161 The top end is provided so that the notch 1621 of the door frame 162 connected to the engaging portion can face the inlet of the inner barrel 130 . In order to specifically describe the structure of the front vertical rod of the frame body 161, the frame body 161 is taken as an example of a rectangular parallelepiped structure. A connecting portion 16111 protrudes from the bottom support rod 16112 of the first vertical rod 1611 . The structure of the second vertical rod 1612 is symmetrical with the structure of the first vertical rod 1611 , and the structure of the second vertical rod 1612 is not repeated here. As the front panel of the washing machine body 1, the entire front structure of the support frame 160 needs to be decorated. In one embodiment, the door can be used as the front panel. The door has an irregular structure and is installed against the front of the support frame 160. The bottom of the front of the 161 is provided with a mounting structure (such as a mounting hole) with the door. In yet another embodiment, the front decorative surface of the washing machine body 1 includes a door body and an auxiliary panel, the door body is used to decorate the door frame 162, the auxiliary panel is located under the door body, and the auxiliary panel is used to form a front decorative surface structure together with the door body, Abut against the front surface of the support frame 160 together. Preferably, in order to improve the surface neatness and aesthetics of the washing machine body 1, the front decorative surface structure of the washing machine body 1 is an integral panel structure with a door body mounted thereon.
进一步地,如图15至图19所示,衔接部抵接于门框162背面。门框162背面抵接于衔接部上,提高两衔接部对门框162的支撑牢度。具体地,在一实施例中,两衔接部与门框162一体成型,形成一个整体结构。在又一实施例中,门框162通过紧固件以分别与两衔接部相固定,将门框162背面抵接于衔接部上,一方面提高两衔接部对门框162的支撑牢度;另一方面门框162遮挡住门框162与衔接部的装配缝隙,提高支撑框架160的正面整齐度,以提高正面美观度。Further, as shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 19 , the connecting portion abuts on the back of the door frame 162 . The back of the door frame 162 abuts on the connecting portion, which improves the supporting fastness of the two connecting portions to the door frame 162 . Specifically, in one embodiment, the two connecting portions are integrally formed with the door frame 162 to form an integral structure. In yet another embodiment, the door frame 162 is respectively fixed to the two connecting parts by fasteners, and the back of the door frame 162 is abutted on the connecting parts, on the one hand, the supporting fastness of the two connecting parts to the door frame 162 is improved; The door frame 162 shields the assembly gap between the door frame 162 and the connecting portion, so as to improve the front face uniformity of the support frame 160 and improve the front face appearance.
进一步地,由于门框162为薄板结构,厚度薄,为了提高衔接部对门框162的支撑牢度,衔接部弯折形成抵接部,用以抵接门框162背面。抵接部与门框162背面相抵接,增加了衔接部与门框162背面的接触面积,进而提高了衔接部对门框162的支撑牢度;此外,门框162外表面固定洗衣机本体的门体后,门框162与衔接部装配部位需同时承受门框162及门体的重力,通过增加衔接部与门框162 的接触面积,以降低门框162与衔接部装配处受力变形的概率。具体地,如图12、图13所示,在一实施例中,框体161呈长方体结构,第一衔接部16111、第二衔接部16121分别弯折形成第一抵接部161111、第二抵接部161211,以分别抵接于门框162背面表面靠近两侧的边缘处。进一步地,在一实施例中,门框162通过紧固件以分别与第一抵接部161111、第二抵接部161211相固定,则第一抵接部161111、第二抵接部161211、门框162对应部位分别设有相应的安装孔,以便通过紧固件(如螺栓螺母)进行固定,第一抵接部161111、第二抵接部161211的设置提高了衔接部与门框162背面的接触面积,进而便于紧固件固定,降低装配难度。Further, since the door frame 162 is a thin plate structure with a thin thickness, in order to improve the supporting fastness of the connecting portion to the door frame 162 , the connecting portion is bent to form an abutting portion for abutting the back of the door frame 162 . The abutting part is in contact with the back of the door frame 162, which increases the contact area between the connecting part and the back of the door frame 162, thereby improving the supporting fastness of the connecting part to the door frame 162; 162 and the assembling part of the connecting part need to bear the gravity of the door frame 162 and the door body at the same time. By increasing the contact area between the connecting part and the door frame 162, the probability of deformation of the door frame 162 and the connecting part is reduced by force. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 , in one embodiment, the frame body 161 has a cuboid structure, and the first connecting portion 16111 and the second connecting portion 16121 are respectively bent to form the first abutting portion 161111 and the second abutting portion 16111 . The connecting portions 161211 are respectively abutted against the edges of the back surface of the door frame 162 close to the two sides. Further, in one embodiment, the door frame 162 is fixed to the first abutting portion 161111 and the second abutting portion 161211 by fasteners, respectively, then the first abutting portion 161111, the second abutting portion 161211, the door frame The corresponding parts of 162 are respectively provided with corresponding mounting holes for fixing by fasteners (such as bolts and nuts). , which facilitates the fixing of fasteners and reduces the difficulty of assembly.
进一步地,在一实施例中,如图17所示,框体161呈长方体结构,第一衔接部16111、第二衔接部16121分别弯折形成第一抵接部161111、第二抵接部161211,以分别抵接于门框162背面表面靠近两侧的边缘处。门框162的第四安装孔设置于门框162与相应抵接部相对应的部位,通过相抵靠的门框162、框体161相应的抵接部增加支撑框架160用以支撑门体面板的板件厚度,提高对门体面板的安装牢固度。Further, in an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 17 , the frame body 161 has a rectangular parallelepiped structure, and the first connecting portion 16111 and the second connecting portion 16121 are respectively bent to form the first abutting portion 161111 and the second abutting portion 161211 , so as to respectively abut against the edges of the back surface of the door frame 162 close to both sides. The fourth installation hole of the door frame 162 is arranged at the position of the door frame 162 corresponding to the corresponding abutting part, and the thickness of the plate part of the supporting frame 160 used to support the door body panel is increased through the abutting door frame 162 and the corresponding abutting part of the frame body 161 . , to improve the installation firmness of the door panel.
在一实施例中,如图20所示,洗衣机本体1设置的用以执行烘干的烘干组件180固定于洗衣机本体1的支撑框架160上。具体地,洗衣机本体1的支撑框架160用以支撑洗衣机本体1的壳体结构及其内部元件,将烘干组件180固定于支撑框架160上,替代传统的固定于洗衣机本体1内部的筒体组件上,降低烘干组件180占用洗衣机本体1内部空间,有利于洗衣机本体1的小型化设计。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 20 , the drying assembly 180 provided in the washing machine body 1 for performing drying is fixed on the support frame 160 of the washing machine body 1 . Specifically, the support frame 160 of the washing machine body 1 is used to support the shell structure of the washing machine body 1 and its internal components, and the drying assembly 180 is fixed on the support frame 160 instead of the traditional cylinder assembly fixed inside the washing machine body 1 On the other hand, the drying component 180 is reduced to occupy the interior space of the washing machine body 1 , which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body 1 .
在一实施例中,如图20所示,洗衣机本体1设有若干吊簧400,吊簧400一端固定于支撑框架160上,另一端固定于外筒140上,用以降低因运输发生的颠簸造成筒体组件的晃动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 20 , the washing machine body 1 is provided with a plurality of suspension springs 400, one end of the suspension springs 400 is fixed on the support frame 160, and the other end is fixed on the outer cylinder 140, so as to reduce the bumps caused by transportation Causes shaking of the barrel assembly.
在一实施例中,如图10所示,洗衣机本体1还包括若干运输螺栓600,用以从洗衣组件100的外壳120插入以限位外筒;即装配洗衣机本体1时,装上若干运输螺栓600,使得外筒相对于外壳120是固定的,在运输过程中,外筒与外筒同步运动,以使得外筒、内筒130在外壳120内不晃动,避免磕碰损坏,同时降低运输发生的颠簸对洗衣组件100内的弹簧减震结构的影响;在一实施例中,弹簧减震结构为若干吊簧400。在一实施例中,水箱200可拆卸安装于洗衣组件100的一侧,运输螺栓600设置于洗衣组件100朝向水箱200的一表面上;拆下运输螺栓600以让位水箱200于洗衣组件100一侧的可拆卸安装。具体地,外壳120设有第一安装孔,外筒上设有相应的第二安装孔,运输螺栓依次穿过第一安装孔、第二安装孔后固定住外壳120和外筒。水箱200可拆卸连接于洗衣组件100,当洗衣机本体1放置于无水路的场地上时,水箱200需要加水时,拆下水箱200进行加水即可,无需搬运洗衣机本体1,也无用额外的容器装水后再向水箱200内加水,以使得洗衣机本体1可根据用户使用习惯放置于任意位置,应用场景多、使用便利。洗衣机本体1运输过程中,洗衣组件100、水箱200分开状态下进行运输。当用户使用洗衣机本体1时,需将水箱200安装于洗衣组件100一侧,由于运输螺栓600设置于洗衣组件100朝向水箱200的一表面上,安装水箱200前需将运输螺栓600拆下,否则运输螺栓600会影响到水箱200的安装,即通过可拆卸水箱200的安装方式配合运输螺栓600安装部位的限定及运输螺栓600的设置的限定,起到指示先拆卸运输螺栓600后使用洗衣机本体1的防呆作用。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10 , the washing machine body 1 further includes a plurality of transport bolts 600 for inserting from the housing 120 of the laundry assembly 100 to limit the outer cylinder; that is, when assembling the washing machine body 1, install a plurality of transport bolts 600, so that the outer cylinder is fixed relative to the outer casing 120. During the transportation process, the outer cylinder and the outer cylinder move synchronously, so that the outer cylinder and the inner cylinder 130 do not sway in the outer casing 120, so as to avoid bumping damage and reduce the risk of transportation. The effect of bumps on the spring damping structure within the laundry assembly 100 ; in one embodiment, the spring damping structure is a plurality of suspension springs 400 . In one embodiment, the water tank 200 is detachably installed on one side of the laundry assembly 100, and the transport bolt 600 is disposed on a surface of the laundry assembly 100 facing the water tank 200; Removable installation on the side. Specifically, the outer casing 120 is provided with a first installation hole, the outer cylinder is provided with a corresponding second installation hole, and the transport bolts pass through the first installation hole and the second installation hole in sequence to fix the outer casing 120 and the outer cylinder. The water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100. When the washing machine body 1 is placed on a site with no waterway, when the water tank 200 needs to be filled with water, the water tank 200 can be removed to add water. After water is added, water is added to the water tank 200, so that the washing machine body 1 can be placed in any position according to the user's usage habits, with many application scenarios and convenient use. During transportation of the washing machine body 1, the laundry assembly 100 and the water tank 200 are transported in a separated state. When the user uses the washing machine body 1, the water tank 200 needs to be installed on the side of the laundry assembly 100. Since the transport bolts 600 are arranged on the surface of the laundry assembly 100 facing the water tank 200, the transport bolts 600 need to be removed before installing the water tank 200, otherwise The transport bolts 600 will affect the installation of the water tank 200, that is, the installation method of the detachable water tank 200 cooperates with the limitation of the installation position of the transport bolts 600 and the limitation of the setting of the transport bolts 600, so as to instruct the washing machine body 1 to be used after removing the transport bolts 600. foolproof effect.
在一实施例中,运输螺栓600外端与洗衣组件100外表面齐平,用户需要安装水箱200时,即可看到洗衣组件100外表面的运输螺栓600,以提醒用户运输螺栓600的存在,进而及时拆下运输螺栓 600。In one embodiment, the outer end of the transport bolt 600 is flush with the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100. When the user needs to install the water tank 200, the transport bolt 600 on the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100 can be seen to remind the user of the existence of the transport bolt 600. Then, remove the transport bolt 600 in time.
在又一实施例中,运输螺栓600外端凸出于洗衣组件100外表面。用户需要安装水箱200时,若未及时拆下运输螺栓600,则运输螺栓600凸出于洗衣组件100外表面的一端会抵触水箱200的安装,则水箱200无法实现安装,以使得用户必须拆下运输螺栓600才能实现水箱200的安装。In yet another embodiment, the outer ends of the transport bolts 600 protrude from the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100 . When the user needs to install the water tank 200, if the transport bolt 600 is not removed in time, the end of the transport bolt 600 protruding from the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100 will interfere with the installation of the water tank 200, and the water tank 200 cannot be installed, so that the user must remove it. The installation of the water tank 200 can only be realized by the transport bolts 600 .
在一实施例中,运输螺栓600依次伸入外壳120、洗衣组件100的框架、外筒上相应安装孔后以实现固定。具体地,洗衣组件100的框架设有第三安装孔,运输螺栓600依次穿过外壳120的第一安装孔、框架的第三安装孔、外筒的第二安装孔后,将外壳120、框架、外筒固定住。运输螺栓600通过洗衣组件100的框架进行固定,以降低运输过程中运输螺栓600在外筒重力下对外壳120的挤压,降低洗衣机本体1对外壳120结构强度的要求。In one embodiment, the transport bolts 600 are inserted into the housing 120, the frame of the laundry assembly 100, and the corresponding mounting holes on the outer cylinder in sequence to achieve fixing. Specifically, the frame of the laundry assembly 100 is provided with a third installation hole, and after the transport bolts 600 pass through the first installation hole of the casing 120, the third installation hole of the frame, and the second installation hole of the outer cylinder in sequence, the casing 120, the frame , The outer cylinder is fixed. The transport bolts 600 are fixed by the frame of the laundry assembly 100 to reduce the extrusion of the casing 120 by the transport bolts 600 under the gravity of the outer cylinder during transportation, and reduce the requirement of the washing machine body 1 on the structural strength of the casing 120 .
在一实施例中,运输螺栓600的数目为至少三个。至少三个运输螺栓600用以固定外筒至少两个部位,以形成稳定固定作用。In one embodiment, the number of shipping bolts 600 is at least three. At least three transport bolts 600 are used to fix at least two parts of the outer cylinder to form a stable fixing effect.
在一实施例中,洗衣机本体1设有第一检测装置(图中未示出),用以检测水箱200是否安装到位;第一检测装置与洗衣组件100内的控制板电性连接,当第一检测装置检测到水箱200安装到位时,控制板发出解锁洗涤程序。通过第一检测装置检测当前水箱200相对洗衣组件100的安装位置,若水箱200安装不到位,控制板发出洗衣机本体1不可运行的指令,以防止水箱200安装不到位时,洗衣机本体1整体失衡,进而导致运行洗衣机本体1会出现一定的危险性。In one embodiment, the washing machine body 1 is provided with a first detection device (not shown in the figure) to detect whether the water tank 200 is installed in place; the first detection device is electrically connected to the control board in the laundry assembly 100, when the first detection device is When a detection device detects that the water tank 200 is installed in place, the control panel issues an unlocking and washing program. The current installation position of the water tank 200 relative to the laundry assembly 100 is detected by the first detection device. If the water tank 200 is not installed properly, the control panel will issue an instruction that the washing machine body 1 cannot be operated, so as to prevent the overall imbalance of the washing machine body 1 when the water tank 200 is not installed properly. As a result, the operation of the washing machine body 1 may be dangerous to some extent.
进一步地,第一检测装置包括设置于洗衣组件100内的电磁感应器、设置于水箱200内的磁性件;电磁感应器与磁性件位置相对应;通过电磁感应器与磁性件的电磁感应,以检测水箱200是否安装到位。具体地,安装水箱200时,随着水箱200与洗衣组件100距离的缩小,水箱200上的磁性件与洗衣组件100内的电磁感应器的距离的同步缩小,则电磁感应器感应到的磁场越来越大;当水箱200安装到位,磁性件相对电磁感应器的位置为正确安装位置,此时,电磁感应器感应到的磁场为预设目标值,控制板获得的信息即为电磁感应器感应到的磁场为预设目标值的信息,则发出解锁洗涤程序,即可运行洗衣机本体1的指令,当用户开启洗衣机本体1相关程序时,洗衣机本体1正常运行。否则,当控制板获得的信息为电磁感应器感应到的磁场不等于预设目标值时,控制板发出不可运行洗衣机本体1的指令,当用户开启洗衣机本体1相关程序时,洗衣机本体1无法启动,以防止由于水箱200安装不到位导致洗衣机本体1整体失衡状态下运行而出现危险,在水箱200注水便利的同时保证洗衣机本体1使用的安全性。Further, the first detection device includes an electromagnetic sensor arranged in the laundry assembly 100 and a magnetic component arranged in the water tank 200; the electromagnetic sensor corresponds to the position of the magnetic component; Check whether the water tank 200 is installed in place. Specifically, when the water tank 200 is installed, as the distance between the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 decreases, the distance between the magnetic element on the water tank 200 and the electromagnetic sensor in the laundry assembly 100 decreases synchronously, and the magnetic field sensed by the electromagnetic sensor is more and more When the water tank 200 is installed in place, the position of the magnetic part relative to the electromagnetic sensor is the correct installation position. At this time, the magnetic field sensed by the electromagnetic sensor is the preset target value, and the information obtained by the control board is the induction of the electromagnetic sensor. If the received magnetic field is the preset target value, the instruction to unlock the washing program is issued to run the washing machine body 1. When the user starts the relevant program of the washing machine body 1, the washing machine body 1 runs normally. Otherwise, when the information obtained by the control panel is that the magnetic field sensed by the electromagnetic sensor is not equal to the preset target value, the control panel sends an instruction that the washing machine body 1 cannot be run. When the user starts the relevant programs of the washing machine body 1, the washing machine body 1 cannot be started. , in order to prevent the overall unbalanced operation of the washing machine body 1 from being dangerous due to the improper installation of the water tank 200 , and to ensure the safety of the washing machine body 1 while the water tank 200 is convenient for water injection.
在一实施例中,第一检测装置数目为至少两个;通过至少两处装配位置的匹配结果以检测水箱200是否安装到位,以提高水箱200装配精确度及降低水箱200的装配难度。In one embodiment, the number of the first detection devices is at least two; whether the water tank 200 is installed in place is detected by matching results of at least two assembly positions, so as to improve the assembly accuracy of the water tank 200 and reduce the assembly difficulty of the water tank 200 .
在一实施例中,水箱200与所示洗衣组件100可拆卸连接,水箱200朝向洗衣组件100的外表面设有卡扣结构,以扣接磁性件,以使得磁性件安装便捷。随着水箱200装卸次数的增多,磁性件磁性减少,通过卡扣结构安装磁性件,便于磁性件的更换,以保证第一检测装置的正常运行。进一步地,水箱200朝向洗衣组件100的外表面内凹形成第二凹陷部,卡扣结构设置于该第二凹陷部内,当磁性件扣接于卡扣结构内,磁性件、卡扣结构的朝向洗衣组件100的外表面位于第二凹陷部内,以免磁性件的安装妨碍了水箱200与洗衣组件100的装配。进一步地,在一实施例中,水箱200与洗衣组件100 连接后,水箱200朝向洗衣组件100的外表面与洗衣组件100的外表面相抵靠,以提高洗衣组件100壳体的整齐性和美观度。In one embodiment, the water tank 200 is detachably connected to the laundry assembly 100 shown, and the outer surface of the water tank 200 facing the laundry assembly 100 is provided with a buckle structure to fasten the magnetic element, so that the magnetic element can be easily installed. As the number of times of mounting and dismounting of the water tank 200 increases, the magnetic properties of the magnetic components are reduced, and the magnetic components are installed through the buckle structure to facilitate the replacement of the magnetic components, so as to ensure the normal operation of the first detection device. Further, the outer surface of the water tank 200 facing the laundry assembly 100 is concave to form a second concave portion, and the buckle structure is arranged in the second concave portion. When the magnetic component is buckled in the buckle structure, the direction of the magnetic component and the buckle structure The outer surface of the laundry assembly 100 is located in the second concave portion, so as not to prevent the installation of the magnetic member from hindering the assembly of the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 . Further, in one embodiment, after the water tank 200 is connected to the laundry assembly 100, the outer surface of the water tank 200 facing the laundry assembly 100 abuts against the outer surface of the laundry assembly 100, so as to improve the neatness and aesthetics of the shell of the laundry assembly 100 .
在一实施例中,电磁感应器设置于洗衣组件100的外壳120靠近水箱200一侧内壁上。为了提高外壳120外表面的整齐性,将电磁感应器隐藏于外壳120内,且安装便捷。先将电磁感应器安装于外壳120靠近水箱200的一侧内壁上,再在洗衣机本体1的框架外安装外壳120。In one embodiment, the electromagnetic sensor is disposed on the inner wall of the casing 120 of the laundry assembly 100 on the side close to the water tank 200 . In order to improve the neatness of the outer surface of the casing 120, the electromagnetic sensor is hidden in the casing 120, and the installation is convenient. First, install the electromagnetic sensor on the inner wall of the casing 120 on one side close to the water tank 200 , and then install the casing 120 outside the frame of the washing machine body 1 .
进一步地,电磁感应器靠近凸台123设置。洗衣组件100的外壳120内部空间用以容纳筒体组件、机械驱动组件、管道等洗衣必备元件,外壳120靠近顶部的空间内各必备元件排布紧凑;由于洗衣机本体1作为迷你洗衣机,整体尺寸小,外壳120内部空间小,外壳120靠近顶部的空余空间小,将电磁感应器靠近凸台123设置,即电磁感应器靠近外壳120朝向水箱200一侧内壁的底部设置,避免干扰筒体组件、机械驱动组件、管道的安装。Further, the electromagnetic sensor is disposed close to the boss 123 . The inner space of the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100 is used to accommodate the necessary components for laundry such as the cylinder assembly, the mechanical drive assembly, and the pipeline. The necessary components are compactly arranged in the space near the top of the shell 120; since the washing machine body 1 is a mini washing machine, the overall The size is small, the inner space of the casing 120 is small, and the free space near the top of the casing 120 is small. The electromagnetic inductor is arranged close to the boss 123, that is, the electromagnetic inductor is arranged close to the bottom of the inner wall of the casing 120 toward the water tank 200 side, so as to avoid interfering with the cylinder assembly. , Mechanical drive components, installation of pipes.
在一实施例中,洗衣组件100设有报警器,当第一检测装置检测水箱200未安装到位时发出提示。当水箱200安装不到位,用户开启洗衣机本体1,而控制板发出的不运行指令使得洗衣机本体1并未开启,为了避免用户因未及时发现洗衣机本体1未开启导致待洗衣物长时间未进行清洗,而影响了用户衣物更换,通过设置报警器,提示用户水箱200未安装到位,以及时调整水箱200的安装,从而及时对待洗衣物进行处理。In one embodiment, the laundry assembly 100 is provided with an alarm, and a prompt is issued when the first detection device detects that the water tank 200 is not installed in place. When the water tank 200 is not installed properly, the user turns on the washing machine body 1, and the non-operation command issued by the control panel makes the washing machine body 1 not turn on. In order to prevent the user from not discovering that the washing machine body 1 is not turned on in time, the laundry is not cleaned for a long time. , which affects the user's clothing replacement. By setting an alarm, the user is reminded that the water tank 200 is not installed in place, and the installation of the water tank 200 is adjusted in time, so as to treat the laundry in time.
进一步地,报警器包括灯光报警器和/或声音报警器。具体地,灯光报警器报警形式包括但不限于闪烁灯报警或灯光常亮报警,在洗衣组件100的外壳120上设置灯光窗口,灯光窗口内对应设置灯带,以实现灯光报警模式。声音报警器可在外壳120上设置喇叭,以实现声音报警模式。此外,还可灯光报警模式与声音报警模式组合使用,以提高示警力度。Further, the alarms include light alarms and/or sound alarms. Specifically, the alarm forms of the light alarm include but are not limited to flashing light alarm or always-on light alarm. A light window is provided on the shell 120 of the laundry assembly 100, and a light strip is correspondingly arranged in the light window to realize the light alarm mode. Sound Alarm A horn can be provided on the casing 120 to realize a sound alarm mode. In addition, the light alarm mode can be combined with the sound alarm mode to improve the warning intensity.
进一步地,洗衣组件100设有还铁质件;铁质件与磁性件位置相对应,以引导水箱200的安装。水箱200安装时,随着水箱200与洗衣组件100距离的靠近,水箱200上的磁性件与洗衣组件100上的铁质件相吸,以辅助水箱200的安装。磁性件与电磁感应器相配合,以实现水箱200的安装定位;磁性件与铁质件相配合,以辅助水箱200的安装,再通过相应的连接结构使得水箱200与洗衣组件100相固定,以降低水箱200的装配难度。Further, the laundry assembly 100 is provided with iron parts; the iron parts correspond to the positions of the magnetic parts to guide the installation of the water tank 200 . When the water tank 200 is installed, as the distance between the water tank 200 and the laundry assembly 100 approaches, the magnetic parts on the water tank 200 attract the iron parts on the laundry assembly 100 to assist the installation of the water tank 200 . The magnetic part cooperates with the electromagnetic sensor to realize the installation and positioning of the water tank 200; the magnetic part cooperates with the iron part to assist the installation of the water tank 200, and then the water tank 200 is fixed with the laundry assembly 100 through the corresponding connection structure, so as to The assembly difficulty of the water tank 200 is reduced.
本发明提供一种用于迷你洗衣机的开门结构,如图21至图24、图26、图28所示,包括开门组件A300,用以打开或闭合洗衣机本体1的门体A100,开门组件A300包括:The present invention provides a door opening structure for a mini washing machine, as shown in FIGS. 21 to 24 , 26 and 28 , comprising a door opening assembly A300 for opening or closing the door A100 of the washing machine body 1 , and the door opening assembly A300 includes :
连接件A210,呈壳体结构,设置于洗衣机本体1的洗衣组件A200上;The connector A210, in the form of a shell, is disposed on the laundry component A200 of the washing machine body 1;
至少两连杆,转动连接于连接件A210一侧,以形成开门组件A300的转动结构,用以开启门体A100;At least two connecting rods are rotatably connected to one side of the connecting member A210 to form a rotating structure of the door opening assembly A300, which is used to open the door body A100;
连接件A210内设有弹性件A340,用以当门体A100闭合时被拉伸产生回弹力;弹性件A340连接于至少一连杆;当门体A100解锁时,回弹力驱使连杆转动而带动门体A100开合。当门体A100闭合时,在门体闭合力下弹性件A340处于受力状态;当门体A100闭合力去除时,弹性件A340回弹,使得连杆转动,进而带动门体A100翻转。弹性件结构简单,利用自身形变能力实现门体A100的自动开门。洗衣机本体1整体尺寸小,用以清洗内衣物、袜子等小尺寸物品,内筒可用于处理0.5~3.5Kg干衣,优选用于处理0.5~1.5Kg干衣。因而门体A100尺寸小,重量轻,通过连杆、弹性件A340配合,实现自 动开门,结构简单小巧,易装配,有利于洗衣机本体1的小型化设计。The connecting piece A210 is provided with an elastic piece A340, which is used to be stretched to generate a resilient force when the door body A100 is closed; the resilient piece A340 is connected to at least one link; when the door body A100 is unlocked, the resilient force drives the link to rotate to drive the The door body A100 opens and closes. When the door body A100 is closed, the elastic member A340 is in a stressed state under the closing force of the door body; when the closing force of the door body A100 is removed, the elastic member A340 rebounds, causing the connecting rod to rotate, thereby driving the door body A100 to turn over. The elastic part has a simple structure, and realizes the automatic opening of the door body A100 by its own deformation ability. The overall size of the washing machine body 1 is small, and is used to wash small-sized items such as underwear and socks. Therefore, the door body A100 is small in size and light in weight. Through the cooperation of the connecting rod and the elastic member A340, the door can be automatically opened. The structure is simple and compact, and it is easy to assemble, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body 1.
在一实施例中,如图22所示,弹性件A340包括扭簧,套设于至少一连杆上。扭簧一端固定于连接件A210上,另一端固定于连杆上。门体A100闭合,门体A100通过连杆使得扭簧属于受力状态;门体A100闭合力去除时,门体A100通过连杆对扭簧施加的拉伸力撤去,扭簧复位,使得门体A100打开。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22 , the elastic member A340 includes a torsion spring, sleeved on at least one connecting rod. One end of the torsion spring is fixed on the connecting piece A210, and the other end is fixed on the connecting rod. The door body A100 is closed, and the door body A100 makes the torsion spring in a stressed state through the connecting rod; when the closing force of the door body A100 is removed, the tensile force exerted by the door body A100 on the torsion spring through the connecting rod is removed, and the torsion spring is reset, making the door body A100 turned on.
在一实施例中,如图22所示,开门组件A300还包括阻尼件A350,用以缓解弹性件A340的回弹力,以避免弹性件回复太快,而造成门体A100损坏。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22 , the door opening assembly A300 further includes a damping member A350 for relieving the elastic force of the elastic member A340 to prevent the elastic member from recovering too quickly and causing damage to the door body A100.
在一实施例中,如图22、图23所示,连接件A210一侧设置的连杆数目为两个;同一侧的两连杆纵向错位设置且分别套设有弹性件A340、阻尼件A350;弹性件A340、阻尼件A350依次沿门体A100开启运动方向布设。通过弹性件A340提供门体A100自动打开的力,用过阻尼件A350缓冲弹性件A340回弹力,以使得门体A100可自动缓慢打开。弹性件A340、阻尼件A350依次沿门体A100开启运动方向布设,即弹性件A340套设于的连杆与连接件A210转动连接处距门体A100重心部位较近,该连杆转动驱动门体A100翻转的所需的力相对较小,弹性件A340套设于该连杆上,降低对弹性件A340的回弹力要求。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 , the number of connecting rods provided on one side of the connecting member A210 is two; the two connecting rods on the same side are longitudinally dislocated and sleeved with elastic members A340 and damping members A350 respectively. ; The elastic member A340 and the damping member A350 are arranged in turn along the opening movement direction of the door body A100. The elastic member A340 provides the force for automatic opening of the door A100, and the damping member A350 is used to buffer the resilience of the elastic member A340, so that the door A100 can be automatically opened slowly. The elastic member A340 and the damping member A350 are arranged in turn along the opening movement direction of the door body A100, that is, the rotational connection between the connecting rod and the connecting member A210 on which the elastic member A340 is sleeved is closer to the center of gravity of the door body A100, and the connecting rod rotates to drive the door body The force required for the A100 to flip is relatively small, and the elastic member A340 is sleeved on the connecting rod, which reduces the requirement for the resilience of the elastic member A340.
在一实施例中,如图24、图26所示,两连杆另一端分别转动连接于门体A100一侧的两处不同的铰接点,形成一副连杆结构。即两连杆分别一端转动连接于洗衣机本体1的门壳A220上的两处不同的铰接点,另一端分别转动连接于门体A100一侧的两处不同的铰接点;外力驱使门体A100开启时,门体A100在两连杆牵引下绕门壳转动。至少两连杆形成连杆结构,与门体A100配合以构成多连杆传动机构,外力驱动下,通过多连杆传动机构使得连杆结构转动,通过连杆结构转动以带动门体A100实现翻转开合。多连杆传动机构传动稳定,结构简单,运动轨迹可根据需求进行设计。打开门体A100时,弹性件A340回弹力下使得两连杆相对洗衣组件A200转动,带动门体A100翻转。当弹性件A340复位时,门体A100打开,用户还可根据需要,手动翻转门体A100,门体A100可相对连杆结构进行转动,进一步地敞开洗衣组件A200的置物敞口。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 24 and 26 , the other ends of the two connecting rods are respectively connected to two different hinge points on one side of the door body A100 by rotation to form a secondary connecting rod structure. That is, one end of the two connecting rods are respectively connected to two different hinge points on the door shell A220 of the washing machine body 1, and the other end is respectively connected to two different hinge points on one side of the door body A100; the external force drives the door body A100 to open. , the door body A100 rotates around the door shell under the traction of the two links. At least two connecting rods form a connecting rod structure, which cooperates with the door body A100 to form a multi-link transmission mechanism. Driven by external force, the connecting rod structure is rotated through the multi-link transmission mechanism, and the rotation of the connecting rod structure drives the door body A100 to realize flipping Opening and closing. The multi-link transmission mechanism has stable transmission and simple structure, and the motion trajectory can be designed according to requirements. When the door body A100 is opened, the elastic member A340 causes the two connecting rods to rotate relative to the laundry assembly A200 under the resilience of the elastic member A340, which drives the door body A100 to turn over. When the elastic member A340 is reset, the door body A100 is opened, and the user can also manually flip the door body A100 as required, and the door body A100 can be rotated relative to the link structure to further open the storage opening of the laundry assembly A200.
在一实施例中,开门组件A300包括一副连杆结构,即第一连杆结构。第一连杆结构包括第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321,第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321分别转动连接于连接件A210上;第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321另一端均转动连接于门体A100同一侧;第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321、门体A100构成三连杆传动机构;外力驱动下,通过三连杆传动机构使得门体A100实现翻转开合。In one embodiment, the door opening assembly A300 includes a secondary link structure, that is, a first link structure. The first link structure includes a first link A311 and a second link A321. The first link A311 and the second link A321 are respectively rotatably connected to the connecting member A210; the first link A311 and the second link A321 are separately connected. One end is rotatably connected to the same side of the door body A100; the first link A311, the second link A321, and the door body A100 constitute a three-link transmission mechanism; driven by external force, the door body A100 is turned over and opened through the three-link transmission mechanism. combine.
第一连杆A311和/或第二连杆A321可以是直杆,也可以是弯曲杆,也可是弯折杆,根据门体A100翻转运动轨迹需求以设计第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构的形状及尺寸。The first link A311 and/or the second link A321 can be a straight rod, a curved rod, or a bent rod. The first link structure and the second link are designed according to the requirements of the door body A100 flipping motion trajectory. The shape and size of the structure.
进一步地,第一连杆结构的连杆数目大于两个,形成多连杆传动机构,以稳固对门体A100的支撑作用。为了有利于洗衣机本体1的小型化设计,优选连杆结构数目为两个,便于装配及节省占用的空间,且有利于两连杆结构传动配合之间的设计。Further, the number of connecting rods of the first connecting rod structure is more than two, forming a multi-link transmission mechanism to stabilize the supporting effect on the door body A100. In order to facilitate the miniaturized design of the washing machine body 1, the number of connecting rod structures is preferably two, which is convenient for assembly and saves the space occupied, and facilitates the design of the transmission cooperation between the two connecting rod structures.
在一实施例中,连杆结构数目为两副,分别用以转动连接于门体A100内表面两侧的铰接点。具体地,连杆结构包括第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构,以连杆结构包括两个连杆为例进行具体阐述,如图22、图23、图24、图26、图29所示,第一连杆结构包括第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321,第二连杆结构包括第三连杆A312、第四连杆A322;第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321连接于门体A100一侧的两 处不同的铰接点,第三连杆A312、第四连杆A322连接于门体A100另一侧的两处不同的铰接点。In one embodiment, the number of link structures is two pairs, which are respectively used to rotate and connect to the hinge points on both sides of the inner surface of the door body A100. Specifically, the connecting rod structure includes a first connecting rod structure and a second connecting rod structure, and the connecting rod structure includes two connecting rods as an example for detailed description, as shown in FIG. 22 , FIG. 23 , FIG. 24 , FIG. 26 and FIG. 29 . As shown, the first link structure includes a first link A311 and a second link A321, and the second link structure includes a third link A312 and a fourth link A322; the first link A311 and the second link A321 are connected At two different hinge points on one side of the door body A100, the third link A312 and the fourth link A322 are connected to two different hinge points on the other side of the door body A100.
进一步地,两幅连杆结构相对门体A100对称设置。具体地,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构对称设置。第一连杆A311与第三连杆A312对称设置,第二连杆A321与第四连杆A322对称设置,以便于设计第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构尺寸、形状及运动轨迹,设计便捷。进一步地,第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312相对,并分别转动连接于连接件A210上,第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322相对,并分别转动连接于连接件A210上;第一连杆A311、连接件A210、第三连杆A312共同形成U型结构,第二连杆A321、连接件A210、第四连杆A322共同形成U型结构,便于连杆结构的设计及装配。当门体A100翻转时,第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312相对连接件A210的运动轨迹对称,第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322相对连接件A210的运动轨迹对称。Further, the two link structures are symmetrically arranged relative to the door body A100. Specifically, the first link structure and the second link structure are symmetrically arranged. The first link A311 and the third link A312 are symmetrically arranged, and the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 are arranged symmetrically, so as to facilitate the design of the first link structure, the second link structure, the size, shape and motion trajectory. Convenient. Further, the first connecting rod A311 and the third connecting rod A312 are opposite to each other, and are respectively connected to the connecting member A210 in rotation; The first connecting rod A311, the connecting piece A210 and the third connecting rod A312 together form a U-shaped structure, and the second connecting rod A321, the connecting piece A210 and the fourth connecting rod A322 together form a U-shaped structure, which is convenient for the design and assembly of the connecting rod structure. When the door body A100 is turned over, the movement trajectory of the first link A311 and the third link A312 is symmetrical with respect to the connecting member A210, and the movement trajectory of the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 is symmetrical with respect to the connecting member A210.
进一步地,在一实施例中,如图26所示,门体A100内表面为曲面,连杆呈弯曲状并沿门体A100内表面侧边缘轮廓延伸。第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312相对且均呈弯曲状,第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312运动轨迹相对称。第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322相对且均呈弯曲状,第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322运动轨迹相对称。门体A100翻转时,即第一连杆A311、门体100、第二连杆A321组成门体A100一侧的三连杆传动机构,第三连杆A312、门体A100、第四连杆A322组成门体A100另一侧的三连杆传动机构,以使得门体A100顺利翻转。进一步地,在一实施例中,第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312相对形成U型结构;第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322相对形成U型结构。当门体A100闭合时便于第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构紧靠于门体A100背面,以便于第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构的收拢。Further, in an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 26 , the inner surface of the door body A100 is a curved surface, and the connecting rod is curved and extends along the side edge contour of the inner surface of the door body A100. The first link A311 and the third link A312 are opposite to each other and both are curved, and the movement trajectories of the first link A311 and the third link A312 are relatively symmetrical. The second link A321 and the fourth link A322 are opposite to each other and both are curved, and the movement trajectories of the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 are relatively symmetrical. When the door body A100 is turned over, that is, the first link A311, the door body 100, and the second link A321 form a three-link transmission mechanism on the side of the door body A100. The third link A312, the door body A100, and the fourth link A322 The three-link transmission mechanism on the other side of the door body A100 is formed, so that the door body A100 can be turned over smoothly. Further, in one embodiment, the first link A311 and the third link A312 form a U-shaped structure relatively; the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 relatively form a U-shaped structure. When the door body A100 is closed, it is convenient for the first link structure and the second link structure to be close to the back of the door body A100, so as to facilitate the folding of the first link structure and the second link structure.
在一实施例中,如图24所示,连接件A210设置于洗衣组件A200的门壳A220上,以便于连接件A210的装配。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 24 , the connecting member A210 is disposed on the door shell A220 of the laundry assembly A200 to facilitate the assembly of the connecting member A210.
在一实施例中,连杆结构的连杆一端转动连接于一设置于门体A100内的固定件A110,通过固定件A110使得连杆转动连接于门体A100。以开门组件A300包括第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构为例进行具体阐述,具体地,如图22、图23、图25所示,门体A100内设有两固定件A110,第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312一端分别转动连接于门体A100内一侧的固定件A110上;第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322一端分别转动连接于门体A100内另一侧的固定件A110上。即,第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321转动连接于同一固定件A110上,第三连杆A312、第四连杆A322转动连接于同一固定件A110上,以使得第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构可相对门体A100转动。通过固定件A110的设置,替代在门体A100表壳结构上设置对应的连接结构,以免因门体A100与第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构的转动连接关系而造成门体A100表壳结构的复杂化,造成门体A100加工成本的增加。In one embodiment, one end of the connecting rod of the connecting rod structure is rotatably connected to a fixing member A110 disposed in the door body A100, and the connecting rod is rotatably connected to the door body A100 through the fixing member A110. Taking the door opening assembly A300 including the first link structure and the second link structure as an example, it will be explained in detail. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 22, FIG. 23, and FIG. 25, the door body A100 is provided with two fixing parts A110. One ends of the connecting rod A311 and the third connecting rod A312 are respectively rotatably connected to the fixing member A110 on the inner side of the door body A100; on the fixing part A110. That is, the first link A311 and the second link A321 are rotatably connected to the same fixing member A110, and the third link A312 and the fourth link A322 are rotatably connected to the same fixing member A110, so that the first link structure, The second link structure can rotate relative to the door body A100. Through the setting of the fixing member A110, the corresponding connection structure is provided on the door body A100 watch case structure, so as to avoid the door body A100 watch case caused by the rotational connection relationship between the door body A100 and the first link structure and the second link structure. The complexity of the structure results in an increase in the processing cost of the door body A100.
在一实施例中,如图24所示,连杆结构靠近洗衣组件A200顶部转动连接,以使得门体A100向上翻转打开。以仅有第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构为例进行具体阐述,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构均靠近洗衣组件A200顶部转动连接,以使得门体A100向上翻转打开,以节省打开门体A100时洗衣机本体1占用的左右空间。进一步地,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构通过连接件A210转动连接于洗衣组件A200时,连接件A210靠近洗衣组件A200顶部设置。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 24 , the connecting rod structure is rotatably connected near the top of the laundry assembly A200, so that the door body A100 is turned upward to open. Taking only the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure as an example, the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure are both rotatably connected near the top of the laundry assembly A200, so that the door body A100 is turned upside down and opened, so that the The left and right space occupied by the washing machine body 1 when the door body A100 is opened can be saved. Further, when the first link structure and the second link structure are rotatably connected to the laundry assembly A200 through the connecting member A210, the connecting member A210 is disposed near the top of the laundry assembly A200.
进一步地,如图21、图26所示,连接件A210靠近洗衣组件A200顶部设置,以使得门体A100向上翻转打开。通常滚筒式洗衣机放置于地面或台面(当滚筒式洗衣机小型化时),滚筒式洗衣机上 方有空余空间供门体A100向上翻转打开。Further, as shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 26 , the connecting member A210 is disposed near the top of the laundry assembly A200, so that the door body A100 is turned upward and opened. Usually, the drum type washing machine is placed on the ground or countertop (when the drum type washing machine is miniaturized), there is an empty space above the drum type washing machine for the door body A100 to be turned upward to open.
在一实施例中,连杆结构一端靠近门体A100中上部位固定。以仅有第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构为例进行具体阐述,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构一端均靠近门体A100中上部位固定,以控制第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构相应的连杆的尺寸,进而控制门体A100翻转过程中门体A100与洗衣组件A200之间的间距,即以使得门体A100可顺利翻转,同时以缩短门体A100翻转过程中与洗衣组件A200之间的间距,以节省门体A100翻转过程中洗衣机本体1占用空间。In one embodiment, one end of the connecting rod structure is fixed near the middle and upper part of the door body A100. Taking only the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure as an example, one end of the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure are fixed close to the middle and upper part of the door body A100 to control the first connecting rod structure, the second connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure. The size of the connecting rod corresponding to the second connecting rod structure further controls the distance between the door body A100 and the laundry assembly A200 during the turning process of the door body A100, that is, the door body A100 can be turned over smoothly, and the turning process of the door body A100 is shortened. The distance between the middle and the laundry assembly A200 is to save the space occupied by the washing machine body 1 when the door body A100 is turned over.
在一实施例中,一连杆位于另一连杆外侧;位于外侧的连杆两端的铰接点均位于上方且均靠近门壳A220设置,以使得两连杆无干扰转动。具体地,以第一连杆结构为例进行具体阐述,第二连杆结构与第一连杆结构对称设置,第二连杆结构的设置不再赘述。第一连杆结构包括第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321,结构简单、支撑牢固,且节省了第一连杆结构占用空间;第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321靠近设置,以节省第一连杆结构占用空间;第二连杆A321位于第一连杆A311外侧。第二连杆A321两端第一铰接点、第二铰接点分别对应于门壳A220、门体A100,第一连杆A311两端第三铰接点、第四铰接点分别对应于门壳A220、门体A100。第一铰接点位于第三铰接点上方且第一铰接点靠近门壳A220设置,第二铰接点位于第四铰接点上方且第二铰接点靠近门壳A220设置,以使得第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321无干扰转动,即以便于靠近设置的第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321在转动过程中互不干扰。In one embodiment, one link is located outside the other link; the hinge points at both ends of the link located on the outer side are located above and close to the door shell A220, so that the two links can rotate without interference. Specifically, the first link structure is taken as an example for detailed description. The second link structure is symmetrically arranged with the first link structure, and the arrangement of the second link structure will not be repeated. The first connecting rod structure includes a first connecting rod A311 and a second connecting rod A321, which have a simple structure, firm support, and save the space occupied by the first connecting rod structure; the first connecting rod A311 and the second connecting rod A321 are arranged close to each other to The space occupied by the first link structure is saved; the second link A321 is located outside the first link A311. The first hinge point and the second hinge point at both ends of the second link A321 correspond to the door shell A220 and the door body A100 respectively, and the third hinge point and the fourth hinge point at both ends of the first link A311 correspond to the door shell A220, Door body A100. The first hinge point is located above the third hinge point and the first hinge point is located close to the door shell A220, the second hinge point is located above the fourth hinge point and the second hinge point is located close to the door shell A220, so that the first link A311, The second link A321 rotates without interference, that is, the first link A311 and the second link A321 arranged close to each other do not interfere with each other during the rotation.
在一实施例中,连杆结构相对洗衣组件A200的最大转动角度大于等于90°,以使得门体A100打开后充分敞开洗衣组件A200的置物敞口,以便于用户拿放衣物。以开门组件A300包括第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构为例进行具体阐述,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构相对洗衣组件A200的最大转动角度大于等于90°。进一步地,以第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构相对洗衣组件A200的最大转动角度为120°为例进行阐述,门体A100向上翻转至第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构最大转动角度时,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构与洗衣组件A200的转动连接处形成死点结构,即第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构无法继续相对洗衣组件A200转动。此时,若用户将门体A100翻转至第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构与门体A100的最大转动角度时,用户撤去对门体A100的力,门体A100与第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构的转动连接处也形成死点结构,即门体A100在其重力下也可保持不动,以便用户拿放衣物。In one embodiment, the maximum rotation angle of the connecting rod structure relative to the laundry assembly A200 is greater than or equal to 90°, so that the door body A100 can fully open the opening of the laundry assembly A200 after the door body A100 is opened, so that the user can take and place clothes. Taking the door opening assembly A300 including the first link structure and the second link structure as an example, the maximum rotation angle of the first link structure and the second link structure relative to the laundry assembly A200 is greater than or equal to 90°. Further, the maximum rotation angle of the first link structure and the second link structure relative to the laundry assembly A200 is 120° for illustration, and the door body A100 is turned upward to the maximum rotation of the first link structure and the second link structure. At the angle, the rotational connection between the first link structure, the second link structure and the laundry assembly A200 forms a dead point structure, that is, the first link structure and the second link structure cannot continue to rotate relative to the laundry assembly A200. At this time, if the user flips the door body A100 to the maximum rotation angle between the first link structure, the second link structure and the door body A100, the user removes the force on the door body A100, and the door body A100 and the first link structure, the third link structure and the door body A100 are removed. The rotating joint of the two-link structure also forms a dead point structure, that is, the door body A100 can also remain stationary under its gravity, so that the user can take and place the clothes.
在一实施例中,连杆结构相对门体A100的最大转动角度小于等于120°,以充分敞开洗衣组件A200的置物敞口。以仅有第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构为例进行具体阐述,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构相对门体A100的最大转动角度均小于等于120°。In one embodiment, the maximum rotation angle of the link structure relative to the door body A100 is less than or equal to 120°, so as to fully open the opening of the laundry assembly A200. Taking only the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure as an example, the maximum rotation angle of the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure relative to the door body A100 is both less than or equal to 120°.
在一实施例中,弹性件A340数目为两个,用以增加回弹力;开门组件A300设有的阻尼件A350数目为两个,用以缓冲两弹性件A340的回弹力。当连杆结构包括第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构;第一连杆结构包括第一连杆A311、第二连杆A321,用以形成连接件A210一侧转动连接的两连杆结构;第二连杆结构包括第三连杆A312、第四连杆A322,用以形成连接件A210另一侧转动连接的两连杆结构。第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312对称设置,第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322对称设置。第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312分别位于第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322下方。弹性件A340为扭簧,两弹性件A340分别套设于第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312的连杆上,两阻尼件A350分别套设于第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322上。In one embodiment, the number of elastic members A340 is two to increase the resilience; the number of damping members A350 provided on the door opening assembly A300 is two to buffer the resilience of the two elastic members A340. When the connecting rod structure includes a first connecting rod structure and a second connecting rod structure; the first connecting rod structure includes a first connecting rod A311 and a second connecting rod A321, which are used to form a two-link structure that is rotatably connected on one side of the connecting piece A210 ; The second link structure includes a third link A312 and a fourth link A322, which are used to form a two-link structure that is rotatably connected on the other side of the connecting member A210. The first link A311 and the third link A312 are arranged symmetrically, and the second link A321 and the fourth link A322 are arranged symmetrically. The first link A311 and the third link A312 are located below the second link A321 and the fourth link A322, respectively. The elastic member A340 is a torsion spring, the two elastic members A340 are respectively sleeved on the connecting rods of the first connecting rod A311 and the third connecting rod A312, and the two damping members A350 are respectively sleeved on the second connecting rod A321 and the fourth connecting rod A322 superior.
进一步地,如图22所示,连杆用以与连接件A210转动连接的转动轴设置于连接件A210内。连接件A210内设有第一空腔,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构的连杆分别通过一固定片A360固定于第一空腔内;两连杆外分别套设一扭簧,即第一扭簧A341、第二扭簧A342,第一扭簧A341、第二扭簧A342一端固定于固定片A360上;第一扭簧A341另一端连接于第一连杆A311上,第二扭簧A342另一端连接于第三连杆A312上。第二连杆A321连杆、第四连杆A322连杆外分别套设一阻尼件A350。通过第一扭簧A341、第二扭簧A342的复位实现对门体A100的翻转打开,通过两阻尼件A350缓冲多连杆传动机构运动速度,进而使得门体A100缓慢翻转打开,保护门体A100同时赋予用户科技感。Further, as shown in FIG. 22 , the rotating shaft used for the connecting rod to be rotatably connected with the connecting member A210 is arranged in the connecting member A210. The connecting member A210 is provided with a first cavity, and the connecting rods of the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure are respectively fixed in the first cavity through a fixing piece A360; That is, the first torsion spring A341 and the second torsion spring A342, one end of the first torsion spring A341 and the second torsion spring A342 are fixed on the fixing plate A360; the other end of the first torsion spring A341 is connected to the first connecting rod A311, the second The other end of the torsion spring A342 is connected to the third link A312. A damping member A350 is respectively sleeved outside the second connecting rod A321 connecting rod and the fourth connecting rod A322 connecting rod. The door body A100 is turned over and opened by the reset of the first torsion spring A341 and the second torsion spring A342, and the movement speed of the multi-link transmission mechanism is buffered by the two damping members A350, so that the door body A100 is slowly turned over and opened, protecting the door body A100 at the same time Give users a sense of technology.
在一实施例中,如图21所示,开门组件A300包括锁定结构A330,用以锁住关闭状态的门体A100;锁定结构A330包括:In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 21 , the door opening assembly A300 includes a locking structure A330 for locking the door body A100 in a closed state; the locking structure A330 includes:
锁定结构A330包括:The locking mechanism A330 includes:
锁止片A331,设置于门体A100上;The locking piece A331 is arranged on the door body A100;
锁扣(图中未示出),设置于洗衣组件A200的门壳A220内侧;The lock (not shown in the figure) is arranged on the inner side of the door shell A220 of the laundry assembly A200;
锁止片A331设有锁槽A3311,以与锁扣相配合实现锁定。门体A100闭合时,在锁定结构A330作用下弹性件A340处于受力状态,当锁定结构A330解锁时,弹性件A340受到的力撤去,弹性件A340回弹,使得转动结构的进行转动,最终打开门体A100。The locking piece A331 is provided with a locking groove A3311 to cooperate with the lock to achieve locking. When the door body A100 is closed, the elastic member A340 is in a stressed state under the action of the locking structure A330. When the locking structure A330 is unlocked, the force on the elastic member A340 is withdrawn, and the elastic member A340 rebounds, so that the rotating structure rotates and finally opens. Door body A100.
进一步地,锁定结构A330远离连接件A210设置。在一实施例中,转动结构包括至少两连杆结构,连杆结构一端靠近门体A100中上部位固定,则锁定结构A330靠近洗衣机本体1底部设置,即锁止片A331靠近门体A100底部设置,锁扣靠近门体A220底部设置。Further, the locking structure A330 is disposed away from the connecting member A210. In one embodiment, the rotating structure includes at least two link structures, one end of the link structure is fixed near the middle and upper part of the door body A100, and the locking structure A330 is arranged near the bottom of the washing machine body 1, that is, the locking piece A331 is arranged near the bottom of the door body A100 , the lock is set near the bottom of the door body A220.
具体地,如图25、图26所示,锁止片A331设置于门体A100的第一固定框A140背向洗衣组件A200的一表面上,锁止片A331穿过门体A100的第二固定框A150上的第一通槽A151后凸出于门体A100的背面,当门体A100闭合时,锁止片A331自门体的门壳A220的第二通槽A222伸入以与锁扣相配合,以实现锁定。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26 , the locking piece A331 is disposed on a surface of the first fixing frame A140 of the door body A100 facing away from the laundry assembly A200, and the locking piece A331 passes through the second fixing frame of the door body A100 The first through groove A151 on the A150 protrudes from the back of the door body A100. When the door body A100 is closed, the locking piece A331 protrudes from the second through groove A222 of the door shell A220 of the door body to cooperate with the lock. , to achieve locking.
在一实施例中,采用人工解锁,即人工打开门体A200,使得锁止片A331与锁扣脱离,实现解锁,无需设置开关,结构简单、易操作。在又一实施例中,洗衣机本体1还包括开关(图中未示出),用以实现锁定结构A330的解锁。具体地,开关为按钮,按一下开关,锁止片A331脱离锁扣的扣接,锁止片A331自门壳A220的第二通槽A222脱出,在弹性件A340复位作用下,门体A100翻转打开。In one embodiment, manual unlocking is adopted, that is, the door body A200 is manually opened, so that the locking piece A331 is disengaged from the lock, and unlocking is realized without a switch, and the structure is simple and easy to operate. In yet another embodiment, the washing machine body 1 further includes a switch (not shown in the figure) for unlocking the locking structure A330. Specifically, the switch is a button. When the switch is pressed once, the locking piece A331 is released from the buckle of the lock, and the locking piece A331 is disengaged from the second through groove A222 of the door shell A220. Under the reset action of the elastic member A340, the door body A100 is turned over. Open.
本发明提供一种迷你洗衣机,如图21至图30所示,包括洗衣机本体1,洗衣机本体1包括:The present invention provides a mini washing machine, as shown in FIG. 21 to FIG. 30 , including a washing machine body 1, and the washing machine body 1 includes:
洗衣组件A200,用以处理小件衣物;具体地,洗衣组件A100包括箱体、用以支撑箱体及内部部件的骨架、固定于骨架的筒体组件、筒体转动驱动组件及各管道;其中,筒体组件包括内筒、外筒、前筒;内筒用以盛放衣物;前筒设置于外筒前端,外筒内壁与内筒外壁之间留有空间,用以储水;The laundry assembly A200 is used to process small pieces of clothing; specifically, the laundry assembly A100 includes a box, a frame for supporting the box and internal components, a cylinder assembly fixed to the frame, a cylinder rotating drive assembly, and various pipes; wherein , the cylinder assembly includes an inner cylinder, an outer cylinder and a front cylinder; the inner cylinder is used to hold clothes; the front cylinder is arranged at the front end of the outer cylinder, and a space is left between the inner wall of the outer cylinder and the outer wall of the inner cylinder to store water;
门体A100,用以敞开或闭合洗衣组件的置物敞口;具体地,门体A100设有朝向洗衣组件A200外凸的门玻璃A120,伸入洗衣组件A200的门封内,并抵靠于门封,密封洗衣组件的置物敞口,以形成筒体组件的密封洗涤空间;The door body A100 is used to open or close the storage opening of the laundry assembly; specifically, the door body A100 is provided with a door glass A120 that protrudes toward the laundry assembly A200, extends into the door seal of the laundry assembly A200, and abuts against the door sealing, sealing the opening of the laundry assembly to form a sealed washing space of the cylinder assembly;
如上一种用于迷你洗衣机的开门结构;The door structure for the mini washing machine as above;
弹性件A340回弹以驱动两连杆转动实现门体A100的开合。The elastic member A340 rebounds to drive the two connecting rods to rotate to realize the opening and closing of the door body A100.
在一实施例中,如图22所示,洗衣机本体1的门壳A220设有连接件A210,用以转动连接转动结构;连接件A210呈壳体结构,用以容置弹性件A340。连接件A210内设有第一空腔、第二空腔。第一空腔通过两固定片A360分别转动连接第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312的连杆,一连杆上套设有一扭簧(弹性件A340)。第二空腔内固定有两阻尼件A350,两阻尼件A350分别套设于第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322上,以降低转动结构的转动速度。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22 , the door shell A220 of the washing machine body 1 is provided with a connecting member A210 for rotating and connecting the rotating structure; the connecting member A210 is a shell structure for accommodating the elastic member A340. The connector A210 is provided with a first cavity and a second cavity. The first cavity is respectively connected to the connecting rods of the first connecting rod A311 and the third connecting rod A312 through two fixing pieces A360, and a torsion spring (elastic member A340) is sleeved on one connecting rod. Two damping members A350 are fixed in the second cavity, and the two damping members A350 are respectively sleeved on the second connecting rod A321 and the fourth connecting rod A322 to reduce the rotation speed of the rotating structure.
进一步地,连接件A210包括第一连接座A211、第二连接座A212,第一连接座A211、第二连接座A212共同夹持形成第一空腔、第二空腔,以便于连接轴、弹性件A340、阻尼件A350的安装。Further, the connecting member A210 includes a first connecting seat A211 and a second connecting seat A212. The first connecting seat A211 and the second connecting seat A212 are jointly clamped to form a first cavity and a second cavity, so as to facilitate the connection of the shaft and the elastic Installation of parts A340 and damping parts A350.
在一实施例中,如图28、图29所示,门体A100背面与洗衣组件A200的门壳A220正面共同夹持形成空腔A500,两连杆被设置成当门体A100闭合时其缩于空腔A500内。以仅有第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构为例进行具体阐述,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构均被设置成当门体A100闭合时其缩于空腔A500内,以便于连杆结构的收拢。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 28 and 29 , the back of the door body A100 and the front surface of the door shell A220 of the laundry assembly A200 are clamped together to form a cavity A500, and the two connecting rods are arranged to shrink when the door body A100 is closed. in cavity A500. Taking only the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure as an example, the first connecting rod structure and the second connecting rod structure are both set so that when the door body A100 is closed, it shrinks into the cavity A500, so that the Due to the retraction of the connecting rod structure.
进一步地,门体A100背面设有第一凹陷部A160,第一凹陷部A160内壁与门壳A220正面共同形成空腔A500。Further, the back of the door body A100 is provided with a first concave portion A160, and the inner wall of the first concave portion A160 and the front surface of the door shell A220 together form a cavity A500.
进一步地,门壳A220正面设有第二凹陷部A221,第一凹陷部A160与第二凹陷部A221相对以形成空腔A500。门体A100闭合时,第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构缩于空腔A500内,以便门体A100的闭合。Further, the front surface of the door shell A220 is provided with a second recessed portion A221, and the first recessed portion A160 is opposite to the second recessed portion A221 to form a cavity A500. When the door body A100 is closed, the first link structure and the second link structure are retracted into the cavity A500, so that the door body A100 can be closed.
进一步地,在一实施例中,第二凹陷部A221设有安装槽,洗衣组件A200设有的连接件A210安装于第二凹陷部A221处的安装槽上;第一连杆A311、第三连杆A312相对形成U型结构及第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322相对形成U型结构缩于门体A100内表面与门壳A120外表面形成的空腔A500。开门组件A300结构简单,通过第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构,与门体A100配合形成的多连杆传动机构,能够使得门体A100稳固翻转开合,且可通过控制多连杆传动机构的运动轨迹以控制门体A100翻转过程中洗衣机本体1的整体占用空间,有利于洗衣机本体1的小型化设计,且开门组件A300结构简单、易装配。Further, in one embodiment, the second concave portion A221 is provided with a mounting groove, and the connecting member A210 provided in the laundry assembly A200 is mounted on the mounting groove at the second concave portion A221; the first connecting rod A311, the third connecting The rod A312 relatively forms a U-shaped structure and the second connecting rod A321 and the fourth connecting rod A322 relatively form a U-shaped structure which shrinks in the cavity A500 formed by the inner surface of the door body A100 and the outer surface of the door shell A120. The door opening assembly A300 has a simple structure. Through the first link structure, the second link structure, and the multi-link transmission mechanism formed by the door body A100, the door body A100 can be stably turned over and closed, and the multi-link transmission can be controlled by controlling the multi-link transmission mechanism. The movement track of the mechanism controls the overall space occupied by the washing machine body 1 during the turning process of the door body A100, which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the washing machine body 1, and the door opening assembly A300 is simple in structure and easy to assemble.
在一实施例中,如图25所示,门体A100包括:In one embodiment, as shown in Figure 25, the door body A100 includes:
罩体A130,用以形成门体A100的外饰面;外饰面可以为平面、曲面、异形面,根据客户设计需求而定;The cover body A130 is used to form the outer surface of the door body A100; the outer surface can be flat, curved, or special-shaped surface, which is determined according to the customer's design requirements;
第一固定框A140、第二固定框A150,共同夹持门体A100的门玻璃A120;门玻璃A120的外凸部A121穿过第二固定框A150后伸入洗衣组件A200的置物敞口,以密封洗衣组件A200;The first fixing frame A140 and the second fixing frame A150 jointly hold the door glass A120 of the door body A100; the convex portion A121 of the door glass A120 passes through the second fixing frame A150 and then extends into the opening of the laundry assembly A200, so as to Sealed Laundry Assembly A200;
固定件A110,用以转动连接连杆,设置于罩体A130与第二固定框A150之间。The fixing member A110 is used to rotate the connecting rod, and is disposed between the cover body A130 and the second fixing frame A150.
如图25、图26、图29所示,门玻璃A120的朝向罩体A130的外轮廓朝向周侧延伸形成抵接部A122,抵接部A122抵靠于第二固定框A150的缺口A152的正面轮廓处,门玻璃A120的外凸部A121卡入第二固定框A150的缺口A152,以形成门体A100背面表面结构,通过第一固定框A140用以固定门体A100内部各元件(如控制板、显示装置、喇叭、音响),通过第二固定框A150提高门体A100背面美观度。As shown in FIG. 25 , FIG. 26 , and FIG. 29 , the outer contour of the door glass A120 facing the cover body A130 extends toward the peripheral side to form an abutting portion A122 , and the abutting portion A122 abuts against the front surface of the notch A152 of the second fixing frame A150 At the outline, the convex portion A121 of the door glass A120 is snapped into the notch A152 of the second fixing frame A150 to form the back surface structure of the door body A100, and the first fixing frame A140 is used to fix the internal components of the door body A100 (such as the control panel). , display device, loudspeaker, audio), through the second fixing frame A150 to improve the aesthetics of the back of the door body A100.
通过固定件A110实现门体A100与转动结构的连接,以增强门体A100与转动结构的装配牢固度。在一实施例中,固定件A110数目为两个,用以分别连接于第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构的两端。The connection between the door body A100 and the rotating structure is realized by the fixing member A110, so as to enhance the assembly firmness of the door body A100 and the rotating structure. In one embodiment, the number of the fixing members A110 is two, which are respectively connected to two ends of the first link structure and the second link structure.
进一步地,如图22所示,固定件A110包括第一固定座A111、第二固定座A112,第一固定座A111、第二固定座A112可拆卸连接,共同夹持以形成转动连接连杆的转动轴的夹持腔。通过第一固定座A111、第二固定座A112可拆卸连接形成固定件A110,以便于固定件A110与第一连杆结构、第二连杆结构的装配。Further, as shown in FIG. 22 , the fixing member A110 includes a first fixing seat A111 and a second fixing seat A112. The first fixing seat A111 and the second fixing seat A112 are detachably connected and clamped together to form a rotating connecting rod. Clamping cavity for the rotating shaft. The fixing member A110 is formed by detachably connecting the first fixing base A111 and the second fixing base A112, so as to facilitate the assembly of the fixing member A110 with the first link structure and the second link structure.
进一步地,如图25所示,固定件A110固定于第一固定框A140朝向罩体A130的一侧。由于罩体A130、第二固定框A150分别形成门体A100的正面、背面的表面结构,为了便于罩体A130与第二固定框A150表面结构多样化设计,罩体A130与第二固定框A150结构简单、结构强度相对较弱,将固定件A110固定于具有一定强度的第一固定框A140,以稳固门体A100与转动结构的连接。第一固定框A140设有安装柱A141,通过紧固件实现固定件A110与第一固定框A140的装配,装配便捷。进一步地,第一固定框A140背向门玻璃A120一表面内凹形成第三凹陷部A142,固定件A110位于罩体A130与第三凹陷部A142形成的空腔内,以避免固定件A110安装后凸出于第一固定框A140正面表面而妨碍罩体A130的安装。具体地,在一实施例中,第一固定框A140、第二固定框A150均呈内凹结构,第一固定框A140两侧分别设有两第一通孔A144,第二固定框A150两侧分别设有两第二通孔A154。以第一连杆A311与固定件A110的装配为例进行阐述,第一连杆A311的转轴依次穿过第二通孔A154、第一通孔A144后转动连接于固定件A110。第三连杆A312、第二连杆A321、第四连杆A322与固定件A110的装配与第一连杆A311原理相同,在此不再赘述。Further, as shown in FIG. 25 , the fixing member A110 is fixed to the side of the first fixing frame A140 facing the cover body A130. Since the cover body A130 and the second fixing frame A150 respectively form the front and back surface structures of the door body A100, in order to facilitate the diversified design of the surface structures of the cover body A130 and the second fixing frame A150, the structure of the cover body A130 and the second fixing frame A150 is Simple and relatively weak in structure, the fixing member A110 is fixed to the first fixing frame A140 with a certain strength, so as to stabilize the connection between the door body A100 and the rotating structure. The first fixing frame A140 is provided with an installation column A141, and the fixing member A110 and the first fixing frame A140 are assembled by means of fasteners, and the assembly is convenient. Further, a surface of the first fixing frame A140 facing away from the door glass A120 is concave to form a third concave portion A142, and the fixing member A110 is located in the cavity formed by the cover body A130 and the third concave portion A142 to prevent the fixing member A110 from being installed. It protrudes from the front surface of the first fixing frame A140 and hinders the installation of the cover body A130. Specifically, in one embodiment, the first fixing frame A140 and the second fixing frame A150 are both concave structures, two first through holes A144 are respectively provided on both sides of the first fixing frame A140, and two sides of the second fixing frame A150 are respectively provided with two first through holes A144. Two second through holes A154 are respectively provided. Taking the assembly of the first connecting rod A311 and the fixing member A110 as an example to illustrate, the rotating shaft of the first connecting rod A311 passes through the second through hole A154 and the first through hole A144 in sequence and is rotatably connected to the fixing member A110. The assembly of the third connecting rod A312 , the second connecting rod A321 , the fourth connecting rod A322 and the fixing member A110 is the same as that of the first connecting rod A311 , and will not be repeated here.
在一实施例中,如图25、图27所示,通过紧固件自第一固定框A140正面将第一固定框A140固定于第二固定框A150上,通过第一固定框A140将门玻璃A120的抵接部A122抵压于第二固定框A150的缺口A152正面轮廓上。罩体A130设有若干卡槽A131,第一固定框A140设有若干卡扣A143,以使得罩体A130与第一固定框A140扣接,最终完成门体A100的装配。进一步地,若干卡槽A131均匀设置于罩体A130外周侧,以使得罩体A130于第一固定框A140固定牢固。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 25 and 27 , the first fixing frame A140 is fixed on the second fixing frame A150 from the front of the first fixing frame A140 through fasteners, and the door glass A120 is fixed by the first fixing frame A140 The contact portion A122 of the second fixing frame A150 is pressed against the front profile of the notch A152 of the second fixing frame A150. The cover body A130 is provided with a plurality of snap grooves A131, and the first fixing frame A140 is provided with a number of snaps A143, so that the cover body A130 is buckled with the first fixing frame A140, and finally the assembly of the door body A100 is completed. Further, a plurality of card slots A131 are evenly disposed on the outer peripheral side of the cover body A130, so that the cover body A130 is firmly fixed to the first fixing frame A140.
在一实施例中,如图26所示,门体A100背面与连接件A210位置相对应的部位内凹形成凹槽A153,当门体A100闭合时,凹槽A153用以局部容纳连接件A210外侧轮廓。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 26 , a groove A153 is concavely formed on the back of the door body A100 corresponding to the position of the connector A210. When the door body A100 is closed, the groove A153 is used to partially accommodate the outer side of the connector A210. contour.
在一实施例中,洗衣组件A200包括门壳A220,通过门壳A220与转动结构转动连接。进一步地,如图28所示,门壳A220外周侧朝向远离门体A100放心延伸形成设有第二卡槽A223的凸起结构,通过第二卡槽A223与洗衣组件A200箱体内表面设有的第二卡扣相扣接,以实现门壳A220的快速装配。以上,仅为本发明的较佳实施例而已,并非对本发明作任何形式上的限制;凡本行业的普通技术人员均可按说明书附图所示和以上而顺畅地实施本发明;但是,凡熟悉本专业的技术人员在不脱离本发明技术方案范围内,利用以上所揭示的技术内容而做出的些许更动、修饰与演变的等同变化,均为本发明的等效实施例;同时,凡依据本发明的实质技术对以上实施例所作的任何等同变化的更动、修饰与演变等,均仍属于本发明的技术方案的保护范围之内。In one embodiment, the laundry assembly A200 includes a door housing A220, which is rotatably connected to the rotating structure through the door housing A220. Further, as shown in FIG. 28 , the outer peripheral side of the door shell A220 is extended away from the door body A100 to form a protruding structure provided with a second card slot A223. The second buckles are engaged with each other, so as to realize the quick assembly of the door shell A220. The above are only preferred embodiments of the present invention, and do not limit the present invention in any form; any person of ordinary skill in the industry can smoothly implement the present invention as shown in the accompanying drawings and above; however, any Those skilled in the art, without departing from the scope of the technical solution of the present invention, make use of the above-disclosed technical content to make some changes, modifications and equivalent changes of evolution are equivalent embodiments of the present invention; at the same time, Any alteration, modification and evolution of any equivalent changes made to the above embodiments according to the essential technology of the present invention still fall within the protection scope of the technical solution of the present invention.

Claims (10)

  1. 一种迷你洗衣机,包括洗衣机本体,其特征在于,所述洗衣机本体包括洗衣组件、水箱;其中,A mini washing machine, comprising a washing machine body, characterized in that, the washing machine body includes a laundry component and a water tank; wherein,
    所述洗衣组件包括门体、外壳;所述门体与所述外壳共同形成用以容纳内筒与外筒的密封空间;The laundry assembly includes a door body and an outer casing; the door body and the outer casing together form a sealed space for accommodating the inner cylinder and the outer cylinder;
    所述内筒开口朝上倾斜设置,用以容纳待洗涤衣物;外筒与所述内筒外壁共同形成供水通过的水流通道;The opening of the inner cylinder is inclined upward to accommodate the clothes to be washed; the outer cylinder and the outer wall of the inner cylinder together form a water flow channel through which the water supply passes;
    所述水箱用以储水并向所述洗衣组件供水;the water tank is used for storing and supplying water to the laundry assembly;
    所述门体关闭时,通过锁定结构锁于所述外壳上。When the door body is closed, it is locked on the casing through the locking structure.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的一种迷你洗衣机,其特征在于,所述门体通过开门结构滑动连接或转动连接于所述外壳。The mini washing machine according to claim 1, wherein the door body is slidably connected or rotatably connected to the housing through a door opening structure.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的一种迷你洗衣机,其特征在于,还包括开门组件,用以打开或闭合洗衣机本体的门体;其中,所述开门组件包括:A mini washing machine according to claim 1, further comprising a door opening assembly for opening or closing the door of the washing machine body; wherein the door opening assembly comprises:
    连接件,呈壳体结构,设置于所述洗衣机本体的洗衣组件上;the connecting piece, in the form of a shell structure, is arranged on the laundry component of the washing machine body;
    至少两连杆,转动连接于所述连接件一侧,用以开启所述门体;At least two connecting rods are rotatably connected to one side of the connecting piece for opening the door body;
    所述连接件内设有弹性件,用以当所述门体闭合时被拉伸产生回弹力;所述弹性件连接于至少一所述连杆;当门体解锁时,回弹力驱使所述连杆转动而带动所述门体开合。The connecting piece is provided with an elastic piece, which is used to be stretched to generate a resilient force when the door body is closed; the resilient piece is connected to at least one of the connecting rods; when the door body is unlocked, the resilient force drives the The connecting rod rotates to drive the door body to open and close.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的一种用于迷你洗衣机,其特征在于,所述弹性件包括扭簧,套设于至少一所述连杆上。The mini washing machine according to claim 3, wherein the elastic member comprises a torsion spring, which is sleeved on at least one of the connecting rods.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的一种迷你洗衣机,其特征在于,所述开门组件还包括阻尼件,用以缓解所述弹性件的回弹力。The mini washing machine according to claim 3, wherein the door opening assembly further comprises a damping member to relieve the resilience of the elastic member.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的一种迷你洗衣机,其特征在于:还包括用以支撑洗衣机本体内部部件的框架本体,所述框架本体包括框体、固定于所述框体正面的门框;其中,A mini washing machine according to claim 1, further comprising a frame body for supporting internal components of the washing machine body, the frame body comprising a frame body and a door frame fixed on the front of the frame body; wherein,
    所述框体支撑洗衣机本体的筒体组件;the frame supports the cylinder assembly of the washing machine body;
    所述门框设有开口,用以形成洗衣机本体的筒体组件的置物敞口;所述门框设有固定洗衣机本体的门体的面板结构,所述框体外包覆的壳体与所述面板结构共同形成洗衣机本体的外饰面。The door frame is provided with an opening, which is used to form an opening for the storage of the barrel assembly of the washing machine body; the door frame is provided with a panel structure for fixing the door body of the washing machine body, and the casing covered by the frame body and the panel structure are Together they form the outer surface of the washing machine body.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的一种迷你洗衣机,其特征在于,所述水箱设置于所述框架本体内或可拆卸的置于所述外壳一侧。The mini washing machine according to claim 6, wherein the water tank is disposed in the frame body or detachably disposed on one side of the casing.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的一种迷你洗衣机,其特征在于,所述洗衣组件与所述水箱可拆卸连接;所述水箱的容量为2~10L。The mini washing machine according to claim 1, wherein the laundry component is detachably connected to the water tank; the capacity of the water tank is 2-10L.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的一种迷你洗衣机,其特征在于,所述洗衣机本体还包括若干运输螺栓,用以从所述外壳插入以限位外筒;所述运输螺栓设置于所述洗衣组件朝向所述水箱的一表面上;安装所述水箱时,拆下所述运输螺栓以让位所述水箱。The mini washing machine according to claim 1, wherein the washing machine body further comprises a plurality of transport bolts for inserting from the casing to limit the outer tub; the transport bolts are arranged in the direction of the laundry assembly. on one surface of the water tank; when installing the water tank, remove the shipping bolts to make way for the water tank.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的一种迷你洗衣机,其特征在于,所述运输螺栓依次伸入所述外壳、所述洗衣组件的框架、外筒上相应安装孔后以实现固定。The mini washing machine according to claim 9, wherein the transport bolts are inserted into the casing, the frame of the laundry assembly, and the corresponding mounting holes on the outer cylinder in sequence to achieve fixing.
PCT/CN2021/100953 2021-03-02 2021-06-18 Mini washing machine WO2022183623A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020217030457A KR102569161B1 (en) 2021-03-02 2021-06-18 mini washing machine

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110230349.4A CN114855408A (en) 2021-02-04 2021-03-02 Mini washing machine
CN202110230349.4 2021-03-02
CN202110577474.2 2021-05-26
CN202110577474.2A CN115404676A (en) 2021-05-26 2021-05-26 A mini washing machine, structure of opening door for mini washing machine

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022183623A1 true WO2022183623A1 (en) 2022-09-09

Family

ID=83153846

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/100953 WO2022183623A1 (en) 2021-03-02 2021-06-18 Mini washing machine

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR102569161B1 (en)
CN (1) CN115404676A (en)
WO (1) WO2022183623A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3116903A (en) * 1960-04-28 1964-01-07 T L Smith Co Door actuating mechanism for laundry dryer
CN1511997A (en) * 2002-12-27 2004-07-14 Lg电子株式会社 Drum type washing machine
CN1766204A (en) * 2004-10-25 2006-05-03 Lg电子株式会社 Drum washing machine having vertically openable and linearly movable door
CN1782214A (en) * 2004-11-30 2006-06-07 乐金电子(天津)电器有限公司 Bolt assembling structure for transport of drum washing machine
CN2887935Y (en) * 2006-01-27 2007-04-11 海尔集团公司 Fastening device for drum and case of drum washing machine
CN201284425Y (en) * 2007-10-18 2009-08-05 松下电器产业株式会社 Drum type washing machine
EP2684509A1 (en) * 2012-07-12 2014-01-15 FagorBrandt SAS Washing machine including a tank of washing and/or rinsing water
CN108796974A (en) * 2018-06-28 2018-11-13 浙江唯伦设计咨询有限公司 A kind of mini washing machine with mechanical energy conversion device
CN212270462U (en) * 2020-05-06 2021-01-01 成都气质与美网络技术有限公司 Detachable multi-drum full-automatic washing machine

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3116903A (en) * 1960-04-28 1964-01-07 T L Smith Co Door actuating mechanism for laundry dryer
CN1511997A (en) * 2002-12-27 2004-07-14 Lg电子株式会社 Drum type washing machine
CN1766204A (en) * 2004-10-25 2006-05-03 Lg电子株式会社 Drum washing machine having vertically openable and linearly movable door
CN1782214A (en) * 2004-11-30 2006-06-07 乐金电子(天津)电器有限公司 Bolt assembling structure for transport of drum washing machine
CN2887935Y (en) * 2006-01-27 2007-04-11 海尔集团公司 Fastening device for drum and case of drum washing machine
CN201284425Y (en) * 2007-10-18 2009-08-05 松下电器产业株式会社 Drum type washing machine
EP2684509A1 (en) * 2012-07-12 2014-01-15 FagorBrandt SAS Washing machine including a tank of washing and/or rinsing water
CN108796974A (en) * 2018-06-28 2018-11-13 浙江唯伦设计咨询有限公司 A kind of mini washing machine with mechanical energy conversion device
CN212270462U (en) * 2020-05-06 2021-01-01 成都气质与美网络技术有限公司 Detachable multi-drum full-automatic washing machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102569161B1 (en) 2023-08-21
CN115404676A (en) 2022-11-29
KR20220125669A (en) 2022-09-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN101319455B (en) Drum type washer and door
US7506458B2 (en) Drying machine
KR101550843B1 (en) Clothing dryer and Door of the same
US20060218817A1 (en) Laundry drier
KR102165595B1 (en) Clothes Treating Apparatus
CN215051469U (en) Clothes hanger and clothes nursing machine
WO2010087683A2 (en) Laundry washing apparatus
WO2022183623A1 (en) Mini washing machine
WO2022194188A1 (en) Clothing care machine
CN113265861A (en) Clothes treatment equipment and control method thereof
EP1595993B1 (en) Clothes dryer
KR20130083670A (en) Dryer
CN101096816B (en) Clothes dryer door structure with air outlet device
CN109907517A (en) A kind of automatic dehumidifying wardrobe
CN215051401U (en) Mini washing machine
CN215104055U (en) Mini washing machine
KR100701181B1 (en) Dryer having insert type frame top
CN114855409A (en) Mini washing machine
CN114855408A (en) Mini washing machine
US20190161905A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
CN205775485U (en) Portable clothes dryer
CN215051402U (en) Mini drying washing machine
CN209958110U (en) Clothes treating apparatus
CN114855407A (en) Mini drying washing machine
CN220554491U (en) Condensing device and dish washer

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21928702

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21928702

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1